[go: up one dir, main page]

100% found this document useful (3 votes)
4K views136 pages

Full Basic Nahw Homework With Answer Key

This document contains homework assignments and answer keys for multiple chapters of a basic Arabic grammar course. It includes exercises on topics like memorization of grammar rules, identifying parts of speech, translating between English and Arabic, and dictation practice. The document is organized by chapter and section, with homework questions followed by answer keys. It is intended to help students learn and practice fundamental concepts in Arabic morphology and syntax.

Uploaded by

masudur rahman
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
100% found this document useful (3 votes)
4K views136 pages

Full Basic Nahw Homework With Answer Key

This document contains homework assignments and answer keys for multiple chapters of a basic Arabic grammar course. It includes exercises on topics like memorization of grammar rules, identifying parts of speech, translating between English and Arabic, and dictation practice. The document is organized by chapter and section, with homework questions followed by answer keys. It is intended to help students learn and practice fundamental concepts in Arabic morphology and syntax.

Uploaded by

masudur rahman
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 136

DreamWorldwide

Basic Nahw Homework with Answer Key

BAYYINAH LLC
1701 W Euless Boulevard, 76040 Euless Tx
Table of Contents
CHAPTER 1 CHAPTER 2 PART 1 HOMEWORK ............................................................................................ 10
Recommended Videos ............................................................................................................................ 10
Section 1 – Memorization ....................................................................................................................... 10
Section 2 – Types of Words..................................................................................................................... 10
Section 3 – Status of the Word ............................................................................................................... 10
Section 3A – Recognizing Ending Sounds/Combination ..................................................................... 10
Section 3B – Recognizing Status......................................................................................................... 11
CHAPTER 1 CHAPTER 2 PART 1 ANSWER KEY ............................................................................................ 13
Section 2 – Types of Words..................................................................................................................... 13
Section 3 – Status of the Word ............................................................................................................... 13
Section 3A – Recognizing Ending Sounds/Combination ..................................................................... 13
Section 3B – Recognizing Status......................................................................................................... 14
CHAPTER 2 PART 2 HOMEWORK ............................................................................................................... 15
Recommended Videos ............................................................................................................................ 15
Section 1 – Memorization ....................................................................................................................... 15
Section 2 – Light vs. Heavy ...................................................................................................................... 15
Section 3 – Flexibility .............................................................................................................................. 16
Section 4 – Dictation ............................................................................................................................... 16
CHAPTER 2 PART 2 ANSWER KEY ............................................................................................................... 17
Section 2 – Light vs. Heavy ...................................................................................................................... 17
Section 3 – Flexibility .............................................................................................................................. 18
Section 4 – Dictation ............................................................................................................................... 18
CHAPTER 2 PART 3 HOMEWORK ............................................................................................................... 19
Recommended Videos ............................................................................................................................ 19
Section 1 – Memorization ....................................................................................................................... 19
Section 2 – Pronouns .............................................................................................................................. 19
Section 3 – Translation............................................................................................................................ 20
Section 3A – English to Arabic Translation.......................................................................................... 20
Section 3B – Arabic to English Translation .......................................................................................... 20
Section 4 – Dictation ............................................................................................................................... 20
CHAPTER 2 PART 3 ANSWER KEY ............................................................................................................... 21
Section 2 – Pronouns .............................................................................................................................. 21

1
Section 3 – Translation............................................................................................................................ 22
Section 3A – English to Arabic Translation.......................................................................................... 22
Section 3B – Arabic to English Translation .......................................................................................... 22
Section 5 – Dictation ............................................................................................................................... 22
CHAPTER 3 HOMEWORK ............................................................................................................................ 23
Recommended Videos ............................................................................................................................ 23
Section 1 – Memorization ....................................................................................................................... 23
Section 2 – Number and Gender............................................................................................................. 23
Section 3 – Cumulative Practice.............................................................................................................. 23
Section 4 – Type ...................................................................................................................................... 24
Section 5 – Cumulative Practice.............................................................................................................. 25
CHAPTER 3 ANSWER KEY ........................................................................................................................... 26
Section 2 – Number and Gender............................................................................................................. 26
Section 3 – Cumulative Practice.............................................................................................................. 26
Section 4 – Type ...................................................................................................................................... 27
Section 5 – Cumulative Practice.............................................................................................................. 28
CHAPTER 4 PART 1 HOMEWORK ............................................................................................................... 29
Recommended Videos ............................................................................................................................ 29
Section 1 – Memorization ....................................................................................................................... 29
Section 2 – Dictation and Translation ..................................................................................................... 29
Section 3 – ‫ ﺣﺮ�ت‬..................................................................................................................................... 30

Section 4 – English to Arabic Translation ................................................................................................ 30


CHAPTER 4 PART 1 ANSWER KEY ............................................................................................................... 32
Section 2 – Dictation and Translation ..................................................................................................... 32
Section 3 – ‫ ﺣﺮ�ت‬..................................................................................................................................... 33

Section 4 – English to Arabic Translation ................................................................................................ 33


CHAPTER 4 PART 2 HOMEWORK ............................................................................................................... 34
Recommended Videos ............................................................................................................................ 34
Section 1 – Memorization ....................................................................................................................... 34
Section 2 – Dictation and Translation ..................................................................................................... 34
Section 3– Translation ............................................................................................................................ 35
CHAPTER 4 PART 2 ANSWER KEY ............................................................................................................... 36

2
Section 2 – Dictation and Translation ..................................................................................................... 36
Section 3– Translation ............................................................................................................................ 37
CHAPTER 4 PART 3 HOMEWORK ............................................................................................................... 38
Recommended Videos ............................................................................................................................ 38
Section 1 – Memorization ....................................................................................................................... 38
Section 2 – Dictation and recognition..................................................................................................... 38
Section 3– Translation ............................................................................................................................ 39
Section 3.3A – Arabic to English Translation ...................................................................................... 39
Section 3.3B – English to Arabic Translation....................................................................................... 39
CHAPTER 4 PART 3 ANSWER KEY ............................................................................................................... 41
Section 2 – Dictation and Recognition .................................................................................................... 41
Section 3– Translation ............................................................................................................................ 42
Section 3.3A – Arabic to English Translation ...................................................................................... 42
Section 3.3B – English to Arabic Translation....................................................................................... 42
CHAPTER 4 PART 4 HOMEWORK ............................................................................................................... 43
Recommended Videos ............................................................................................................................ 43
Section 1 – Memorization ....................................................................................................................... 43
Section 2 – ‫ اﺳﻢ اﻹﺷﺎرة‬................................................................................................................................ 43

Section 2A – Where to Point? ............................................................................................................. 43


Section 2B – Sentence vs Fragment .................................................................................................... 44
Section 3 – Cumulative Practice.............................................................................................................. 44
Section 3A – Dictation and Recognition.............................................................................................. 44
Section 3B – Fragment Translation ..................................................................................................... 45
CHAPTER 4 PART 4 ANSWER KEY ............................................................................................................... 46
Section 2 – ‫ اﺳﻢ اﻹﺷﺎرة‬................................................................................................................................ 46

Section 2A – Where to Point? ............................................................................................................. 46


Section 2B – Sentence vs Fragment .................................................................................................... 46
Section 3 – Cumulative Practice.............................................................................................................. 47
Section 3A – Dictation and Recognition.............................................................................................. 47
Section 3B – Fragment Translation ..................................................................................................... 47
CHAPTER 5 PART 1 HOMEWORK ............................................................................................................... 48
Recommended Videos ............................................................................................................................ 48

3
Section 1 – Memorization ....................................................................................................................... 48
Section 2 – Translation............................................................................................................................ 48
Section 3 – Harakaat ............................................................................................................................... 49
CHAPTER 5 PART 1 ANSWER KEY ............................................................................................................... 50
Section 2 – Translation............................................................................................................................ 50
Section 3 – Harakaat ............................................................................................................................... 50
CHAPTER 5 PART 2 HOMEWORK ............................................................................................................... 51
Recommended Videos ............................................................................................................................ 51
Section 1 – Memorization ....................................................................................................................... 51
Section 2 – Translation............................................................................................................................ 51
Section 3 – Harakaat ............................................................................................................................... 52
Section 4 – English to Arabic Translation ................................................................................................ 52
CHAPTER 5 PART 2 ANSWER KEY ............................................................................................................... 53
Section 2 – Translation............................................................................................................................ 53
Section 3 – Harakaat ............................................................................................................................... 53
Section 4 – English to Arabic Translation ................................................................................................ 54
CHAPTER 5 PART 3 HOMEWORK ............................................................................................................... 55
Recommended Videos ............................................................................................................................ 55
Section 1 – Memorization ....................................................................................................................... 55
Section 2 – Translation............................................................................................................................ 55
Section 3 – Harakaat ............................................................................................................................... 56
Section 4 – English to Arabic Translation ................................................................................................ 56
CHAPTER 5 PART 3 ANSWER KEY ............................................................................................................... 57
Section 2 – Translation............................................................................................................................ 57
Section 3 – Harakaat ............................................................................................................................... 58
Section 4 – English to Arabic Translation ................................................................................................ 58
CHAPTER 5 PART 4 HOMEWORK ............................................................................................................... 59
Recommended Videos ............................................................................................................................ 59
Section 1 – Memorization ....................................................................................................................... 59
Section 2 – Recognition and Translation ................................................................................................ 59
Section 3 – English to Arabic Translation ................................................................................................ 60
CHAPTER 5 PART 4 ANSWER KEY ............................................................................................................... 61
Section 2 – Recognition and Translation ................................................................................................ 61

4
Section 3 – English to Arabic Translation ................................................................................................ 61
CHAPTER 6 PART 1 HOMEWORK ............................................................................................................... 62
Recommended Videos ............................................................................................................................ 62
Section 1 – Memorization ....................................................................................................................... 62
Section 2 – Pronoun Identification ......................................................................................................... 62
Section 3 – English to Arabic Translation ................................................................................................ 62
CHAPTER 6 PART 1 ANSWER KEY ............................................................................................................... 64
Section 2 – Pronoun Identification ......................................................................................................... 64
Section 3 – English to Arabic Translation ................................................................................................ 64
CHAPTER 6 PART 2 HOMEWORK ............................................................................................................... 66
Recommended Videos ............................................................................................................................ 66
Section 1 – Memorization ....................................................................................................................... 66
Section 2 – Recognition........................................................................................................................... 66
Section 3 – pronouns .............................................................................................................................. 66
Section 4 – Harakaat ............................................................................................................................... 67
Section 5 – Translation............................................................................................................................ 68
CHAPTER 6 PART 2 ANSWER KEY ............................................................................................................... 69
Section 2 – Recognition........................................................................................................................... 69
Section 3 – pronouns .............................................................................................................................. 69
Section 4 – Harakaat ............................................................................................................................... 70
Section 5 – Translation............................................................................................................................ 70
CHAPTER 6 PART 3 HOMEWORK ............................................................................................................... 71
Recommended Videos ............................................................................................................................ 71
Section 1 – Memorization ....................................................................................................................... 71
Section 2 – Recognition........................................................................................................................... 71
Section 3 – Translation............................................................................................................................ 72
CHAPTER 6 PART 3 ANSWER KEY ............................................................................................................... 73
Section 2 – Recognition........................................................................................................................... 73
Section 3 – Translation............................................................................................................................ 73
CHAPTER 6 PART 4 HOMEWORK ............................................................................................................... 75
Recommended Videos ............................................................................................................................ 75
Section 1 – Memorization ....................................................................................................................... 75
Section 2 – Recognition........................................................................................................................... 75

5
Section 3 – Harakaat ............................................................................................................................... 75
Section 4 – Translation............................................................................................................................ 76
CHAPTER 6 PART 4 ANSWER KEY ............................................................................................................... 77
Section 2 – Recognition........................................................................................................................... 77
Section 3 – Harakaat ............................................................................................................................... 78
Section 4 – Translation............................................................................................................................ 78
CHAPTER 7 PART 1 HOMEWORK ............................................................................................................... 79
Recommended Videos ............................................................................................................................ 79
Section 1 – Memorization ....................................................................................................................... 79
Section 2 – Arabic to English Translation ................................................................................................ 79
Section 3 – English to Arabic Translation ................................................................................................ 80
CHAPTER 7 PART 1 ANSWER KEY ............................................................................................................... 81
Section 2 – Arabic to English Translation ................................................................................................ 81
Section 3 – English to Arabic Translation ................................................................................................ 82
CHAPTER 7 PART 2 HOMEWORK ............................................................................................................... 83
Recommended Videos ............................................................................................................................ 83
Section 1 – Memorization ....................................................................................................................... 83
Section 2 – Quran Translation................................................................................................................. 83
Section 3 – Harakaat ............................................................................................................................... 84
Section 4 – English to Arabic Translation ................................................................................................ 84
CHAPTER 7 PART 2 ANSWER KEY ............................................................................................................... 85
Section 2 – Quran Translation................................................................................................................. 85
Section 3 – Harakaat ............................................................................................................................... 86
Section 4 – English to Arabic Translation ................................................................................................ 86
CHAPTER 7 PART 3 HOMEWORK ............................................................................................................... 87
Recommended Videos ............................................................................................................................ 87
Section 1 – Memorization ....................................................................................................................... 87
Section 2 – Quran Translation................................................................................................................. 87
CHAPTER 7 PART 3 ANSWER KEY ............................................................................................................... 90
Section 2 – Quran Translation................................................................................................................. 90
CHAPTER 7 PART 4 HOMEWORK ............................................................................................................... 92
Recommended Videos ............................................................................................................................ 92
Section 1 – Memorization. ...................................................................................................................... 92

6
Section 2 – Quran Recognition ............................................................................................................... 92
Section 3 – qur’an translation ................................................................................................................. 93
Section 4 – Harakaat ............................................................................................................................... 93
Section 5 – English to Arabic Translation ................................................................................................ 94
CHAPTER 7 PART 4 ANSWER KEY ............................................................................................................... 95
Section 2 – Quran Recognition ............................................................................................................... 95
Section 3 – qur’an translation ................................................................................................................. 96
Section 4 – Harakaat ............................................................................................................................... 96
Section 5 – English to Arabic Translation ................................................................................................ 97
CHAPTER 8 PART 1 HOMEWORK ............................................................................................................... 98
Recommended Videos ............................................................................................................................ 98
Section 1 – Memorization ....................................................................................................................... 98
Section 2 – Arabic to English Translation ................................................................................................ 98
Section 3 – English to Arabic Translation ................................................................................................ 99
CHAPTER 8 PART 1 ANSWER KEY ............................................................................................................. 100
Section 2 – Arabic to English Translation .............................................................................................. 100
Section 3 – English to Arabic Translation .............................................................................................. 101
CHAPTER 8 PART 2 HOMEWORK ............................................................................................................. 102
Recommended Videos .......................................................................................................................... 102
Section 1 – Memorization ..................................................................................................................... 102
Section 2 – Arabic to English Translation .............................................................................................. 102
Section 3 – English to Arabic Translation .............................................................................................. 103
CHAPTER 8 PART 2 ANSWER KEY ............................................................................................................. 104
Section 2 – Arabic to English Translation .............................................................................................. 104
Section 3 – English to Arabic Translation .............................................................................................. 105
CHAPTER 8 PART 3 HOMEWORK ............................................................................................................. 106
Recommended Videos .......................................................................................................................... 106
Section 1 – Memorization ..................................................................................................................... 106
Section 2 – Recognition......................................................................................................................... 106
Section 3 – Arabic to English Translation .............................................................................................. 107
Section 4 – English to Arabic Translation .............................................................................................. 108
CHAPTER 8 PART 3 ANSWER KEY ............................................................................................................. 109
Section 2 – Recognition......................................................................................................................... 109

7
Section 3 – Arabic to English Translation .............................................................................................. 109
Section 4 – English to Arabic Translation .............................................................................................. 110
CHAPTER 8 PART 4 HOMEWORK ............................................................................................................. 111
Recommended Videos .......................................................................................................................... 111
Section 1 – Memorization ..................................................................................................................... 111
Section 2 – Recognition......................................................................................................................... 111
Section 3 – Arabic to English Translation .............................................................................................. 112
Section 4 – Passive to Active Conversion.............................................................................................. 112
Section 5 – English to Arabic Translation .............................................................................................. 113
CHAPTER 8 PART 4 ANSWER KEY ............................................................................................................. 114
Section 2 – Recognition......................................................................................................................... 114
Section 3 – Arabic to English Translation .............................................................................................. 114
Section 4 – Passive to Active Conversion.............................................................................................. 115
Section 5 – English to Arabic Translation .............................................................................................. 116
CHAPTER 9 PART 1 HOMEWORK ............................................................................................................. 117
Recommended Videos .......................................................................................................................... 117
Section 1 – Memorization ..................................................................................................................... 117
Section 2 – Recognition......................................................................................................................... 117
Section 3 – Arabic to English Translation .............................................................................................. 118
Section 4 – English to Arabic Translation .............................................................................................. 119
CHAPTER 9 PART 1 ANSWER KEY ............................................................................................................. 120
Section 2 – Recognition......................................................................................................................... 120
Section 3 – Arabic to English Translation .............................................................................................. 120
Section 4 – English to Arabic Translation .............................................................................................. 121
CHAPTER 9 PART 2 HOMEWORK ............................................................................................................. 122
Recommended Videos .......................................................................................................................... 122
Section 1 – Memorization ..................................................................................................................... 122
Section 2 – Recognition......................................................................................................................... 122
Section 3 – Arabic to English Translation .............................................................................................. 123
Section 4 – English to Arabic Translation .............................................................................................. 124
CHAPTER 9 PART 2 ANSWER KEY ............................................................................................................. 125
Section 2 – Recognition......................................................................................................................... 125
Section 3 – Arabic to English Translation .............................................................................................. 125

8
Section 4 – English to Arabic Translation .............................................................................................. 126
CHAPTER 9 PART 3 HOMEWORK ............................................................................................................. 127
Recommended Videos .......................................................................................................................... 127
Section 1 – Memorization ..................................................................................................................... 127
Section 2 – Recognition......................................................................................................................... 127
Section 3 – Arabic to English Translation .............................................................................................. 127
Section 4 – English to Arabic Translation .............................................................................................. 128
CHAPTER 9 PART 3 ANSWER KEY ............................................................................................................. 129
Section 2 – Recognition......................................................................................................................... 129
Section 3 – Arabic to English Translation .............................................................................................. 129
Section 4 – English to Arabic Translation .............................................................................................. 130
CHAPTER 9 PART 4 HOMEWORK ............................................................................................................. 131
Recommended Videos .......................................................................................................................... 131
Section 1 – Memorization ..................................................................................................................... 131
Section 2 – Recognition......................................................................................................................... 131
Section 3 – Arabic to English Translation .............................................................................................. 131
Section 4 – English to Arabic Translation .............................................................................................. 132
CHAPTER 9 PART 4 ANSWER KEY ............................................................................................................. 133
Section 2 – Recognition......................................................................................................................... 133
Section 3 – Arabic to English Translation .............................................................................................. 133
Section 4 – English to Arabic Translation .............................................................................................. 134

9
CHAPTER 1 CHAPTER 2 PART 1 HOMEWORK
RECOMMENDED VIDEOS

1. Types of Words in Arabic - Basic Nahw

2. Introduction to the Four Properties of an Ism

3. Introduction to Status

4. Status Continued - Ending Sound

5. Status Continued - Ending Combination

6. Ending Combination Continued - Feminine

SECTION 1 – MEMORIZATION

Memorize the first two rows of “Chapters 1 & 2 Vocabulary” of your textbook.

SECTION 2 – TYPES OF WORDS

Determine whether the highlighted words are ‫( اﺳﻢ‬I) or ‫( ﻓﻌﻞ‬F) or ‫( ﺣﺮف‬H).

The teachers are excited for the first day of school. They prepared campus for the students. They

tidied campus and made the binders and placed them on the desks. The students arrived early the

next day. They stood and stared at each other awkwardly. It’s going to be a long year.

SECTION 3 – STATUS OF THE WORD

S E C T I O N 3A – R E C O G N I Z I N G E N D I N G S O U N D S / C O M B I N A T I O N
Determine the ending sound/combination and status of below words.

SOUND /C OMBO STATUS W ORD


َ
Sound Combo R /N /J ‫اﻟـﻤﺘَﻨﺎ ِﻓ ُﺴﻮن‬
ُ .1

10
َ ْ َ‫ إ ْﺳت‬.2
‫ﺮﺒ ٍق‬
Sound Combo R /N /J ِ

‫ﺎت‬ َ َ
Sound Combo R /N /J ٍ ‫ ﺗﺎﺋِﺒ‬.3
ً
Sound Combo R /N /J ‫ َﺻ ِﻌﻴْﺪا‬.4
ْ َ َّ َ
Sound Combo R /N /J �
ِ ‫ ﺟﻨت‬.5
�َ ْ ‫ ﻗَﺎﻧت‬.6
Sound Combo R /N /J ِِ
ٌ ُُْ
Sound Combo R /N /J ‫ ﻗﻠﻮب‬.7
َ َ
Sound Combo R /N /J ‫ ُﻣﺘَﻔ ِّﺮﻗ ٍﺔ‬.8
ًَ َ
Sound Combo R /N /J ‫اﺣﺪة‬
ِ ‫ و‬.9
َ
َ ‫آﺧ‬
Sound Combo R /N /J ‫ان‬
ِ ‫ﺮ‬ .10

SECTION 3B – RECOGNIZING STATUS


Is the word ‫( رﻓﻊ‬R) or ‫( ﻧﺼﺐ‬N) or ‫( ﺟﺮ‬J)? How would you write the word in Arabic?

1. Children read the book. R/N/J

2. The house of the man is red. R/N/J

3. I saw the land. R/N/J

4. The book of two women is in the library. R/N/J

5. Two girls studied. R/N/J

11
6. A person wrote the book. R/N/J

7. The sisters wrote a book. R/N/J

8. Muslims go for hajj every year. R/N/J

9. We met Muslim women. R/N/J

10. That is the path of the Muslim women. R/N/J

12
CHAPTER 1 CHAPTER 2 PART 1 ANSWER KEY
SECTION 2 – TYPES OF WORDS

Determine whether the highlighted words are ‫( اﺳﻢ‬I) or ‫( ﻓﻌﻞ‬F) or ‫( ﺣﺮف‬H).

The teachers are excited for the first day of school. They prepared campus for the students. They

I F H

tidied campus and made the binders and placed them on the desks. The students arrived early the

F I I H I

next day. They stood and stared at each other awkwardly. It’s going to be a long year.

F H I I

SECTION 3 – STATUS OF THE WORD

S E C T I O N 3A – R E C O G N I Z I N G E N D I N G S O U N D S / C O M B I N A T I O N
Determine the ending sound/combination and status of below words.

SOUND /C OMBO STATUS W ORD


َ
Sound Combo R /N /J ‫اﻟـﻤﺘَﻨﺎﻓِ ُﺴﻮن‬
ُ .1

َ ْ َ‫إ ْﺳت‬
‫ﺮﺒ ٍق‬
Sound Combo R /N /J ِ .2

‫ﺎت‬ َ َ
Sound Combo R /N /J ٍ ‫ﺗﺎﺋِﺒ‬ .3

ً
Sound Combo R /N /J ‫َﺻ ِﻌﻴْﺪا‬ .4

ْ َ َّ َ
Sound Combo R /N /J �
ِ ‫ﺟﻨت‬ .5

�َ ْ ‫ﻗَﺎﻧت‬
Sound Combo R /N /J ِِ .6

13
ٌ ُُ
Sound Combo R /N /J ‫ﻗﻠ ْﻮب‬ .7

َ َ
Sound Combo R /N /J ‫ُﻣﺘَﻔ ِّﺮﻗ ٍﺔ‬ .8

ًَ َ
Sound Combo R /N /J ‫اﺣﺪة‬
ِ ‫و‬ .9

‫ان‬ َ َ
Sound Combo R /N /J ِ ‫ آﺧﺮ‬.10

SECTION 3B – RECOGNIZING STATUS


Is the word ‫( رﻓﻊ‬R) or ‫( ﻧﺼﺐ‬N) or ‫( ﺟﺮ‬J). How would you write the word in Arabic?

ٌ َْ
1. Children read the book. R/N/J ‫أوﻻد‬
2. The house of the man is red. R/N/J ‫الﺮ ُﺟ ِﻞ‬ َّ
ً َْ
3. I saw the land. R/N/J ‫أرﺿﺎ‬
َََْ ْ
4. The book of two women is in the library. R/N/J �ِ �‫ِامﺮأ‬
‫ﺎن‬ َ‫ﺑنْﺘ‬
5. Two girls studied. R/N/J ِ ِ
ٌ َْ
6. A person wrote the book. R/N/J ‫ِإ�ﺴﺎن‬
7. The sisters wrote a book. R/N/J ‫ِﻛﺘَﺎﺑًﺎ‬
َ
8. Muslims go for hajj every year. R/N/J ‫ُم ْﺴ ِﻠ ُﻤ ْﻮن‬
‫ﺎت‬ َ ْ ُ
9. We met Muslim women. R/N/J ٍ ‫مﺴ ِﻠﻤ‬
‫ﺎت‬ َ ْ ُ
10. That is the path of the Muslim women. R/N/J ِ ‫اﻟـﻤﺴ ِﻠﻤ‬

14
CHAPTER 2 PART 2 HOMEWORK
RECOMMENDED VIDEOS

1. Light VS Heavy

2. Irrelevant

3. Flexibility

4. Non-Flexibility

SECTION 1 – MEMORIZATION

Memorize rows 3 & 4 of “Chapters 1 & 2 Vocabulary” of your textbook.

SECTION 2 – LIGHT VS. HEAVY

Determine whether the words below are light, heavy, or irrelevant.

L IGHT , H EAVY , OR I RRELEVANT WORD


ُ
َ ْ ‫الﻜ‬
L /H/ I ‫ﺮﺒى‬ .1

َ
L /H/ I ‫ َﻣﻐﺎﻧِ َﻢ‬.2
ٌ َْ
L /H/ I ‫ � ُﻤ ْﻮع‬.3

L /H/ I ‫�ا‬ َ َ‫ ُﻣﺘ‬.4


ً ِّ ‫ﺤ‬

ْ ْ
L /H/ I ‫ ِإد ِر� َﺲ‬.5

L /H/ I ‫الﺼ ِﺎﺑ ِﺮ�ْ َﻦ‬


َّ .6

َ ِّ َ َ ُ
L /H/ I ٍ ‫ ﻣﺘﺮﺒﺟ‬.7
‫ﺎت‬

L /H/ I
ُ‫ َﻣﺄ ْ ُﺟ ْﻮج‬.8

َ ْ ‫ َمﻠُ ْﻮﻣ‬.9

L /H/ I ِ
َ َّ
L /H/ I ‫ اﺠﻟَﻨﺔ‬.10

15
SECTION 3 – FLEXIBILITY

Determine whether the following words are fully-flexible (F), partly-flexible (P), or non-flexible (N). Provide the
reason.

F LEXIBILITY R EASON WORD

F/P/N ‫ َﺻﺎ ِﻟﺢ‬.1

F/P/N َ ْ ُ � .2
‫ﺮﺴى‬

َ
F/P/N ‫ َﻣﻔﺎﺗِﺢ‬.3
َ
F/P/N ‫ أ ْو ِﻴﻟَﺎء‬.4
ْ َ
F/P/N ‫ اﻷ� َﺮﺒ‬.5

َ
F/P/N ‫ َ�ﻴْﻀﺎء‬.6

F/P/N ‫ َم ْﺴ ُﺆ ْول‬.7

F/P/N ‫ َز�ْﺪ‬.8

ُ َ
F/P/N ‫ �ﻔ ْﻮر‬.9

ُْ
F/P/N ‫ ﻟﻘ َﻤﺎن‬.10

َْ َ
F/P/N ‫الﻤ ِﺪ�ﻨﺔ‬ .11

SECTION 4 – DICTATION

Listen to ayah 57:01 and transcribe what you hear.

16
CHAPTER 2 PART 2 ANSWER KEY

SECTION 2 – LIGHT VS. HEAVY

Determine whether the words below are light, heavy, or irrelevant.

L IGHT , H EAVY , OR I RRELEVANT WORD


ُ
َ ْ ‫الﻜ‬
L /H/ I ‫ﺮﺒى‬ .1

َ
L /H/ I ‫ َﻣﻐﺎﻧِ َﻢ‬.2
ٌ َْ
L /H/ I ‫ � ُﻤ ْﻮع‬.3

L /H/ I ‫�ا‬ َ َ‫ ُﻣﺘ‬.4


ً ِّ ‫ﺤ‬

ْ ْ
L /H/ I ‫ ِإد ِر� َﺲ‬.5

L /H/ I ‫الﺼ ِﺎﺑ ِﺮ�ْ َﻦ‬


َّ .6

َ ِّ َ َ ُ
L /H/ I ٍ ‫ ﻣﺘﺮﺒﺟ‬.7
‫ﺎت‬

L /H/ I
ُ‫ َﻣﺄ ْ ُﺟ ْﻮج‬.8

َ ْ ‫ َمﻠُ ْﻮﻣ‬.9

L /H/ I ِ
َ َّ
L /H/ I ‫ اﺠﻟَﻨﺔ‬.10

17
SECTION 3 – FLEXIBILITY

Determine whether the following words are fully-flexible (F), partly-flexible (P), or non-flexible (N). Provide the
reason.

F LEXIBILITY R EASON WORD

F/P/N default/Arab name ‫ َﺻﺎ ِﻟﺢ‬.1

F/P/N (‫أﻟﻒ ﻣﻘﺼﻮرة )ى‬ َ ْ ُ � .2


‫ﺮﺴى‬

َ
F/P/N certain plural patterns ‫ َﻣﻔﺎﺗِﺢ‬.3
َ
F/P/N certain plural patterns ‫ أ ْو ِﻴﻟَﺎء‬.4
ْ َ
F/P/N ‫ال‬ ‫ اﻷ� َﺮﺒ‬.5

َ
F/P/N rhymes with ‫ﻓﻌﻼء‬ ‫ َ�ﻴْﻀﺎء‬.6

F/P/N default ‫ َم ْﺴ ُﺆ ْول‬.7

F/P/N default/Arab name ‫ َز�ْﺪ‬.8

ُ َ
F/P/N default ‫ �ﻔ ْﻮر‬.9

ُْ
F/P/N non-Arab name ‫ ﻟﻘ َﻤﺎن‬.10

َْ َ
F/P/N ‫ال‬ ‫الﻤ ِﺪ�ﻨﺔ‬ .11

SECTION 4 – DICTATION

Listen to ayah 57:01 and transcribe what you hear.

ْ ُ َْ ََُ َْ َ َ َّ َ
ُ ‫ﻜ‬
‫ﻴﻢ‬ َِ ‫اﺤﻟ‬ ‫ات َواﻷ ْر ِض ۖ◌ وﻫﻮ اﻟﻌ ِﺰ�ﺰ‬ َ َ َّ
ِ ‫ﷲ ﻣﺎ ِﻲﻓ الﺴﻤﺎو‬
ِ ِ ‫ﺳﺒﺢ‬

18
CHAPTER 2 PART 3 HOMEWORK
RECOMMENDED VIDEOS

1. Pronouns

2. Attached Pronouns

3. Pronouns in Action

SECTION 1 – MEMORIZATION

Review this week’s vocabulary.

SECTION 2 – PRONOUNS

Translate the following pronouns to Arabic. Write both the independent and attached version.

ENGLISH ATTACHED INDEPENDENT ENGLISH ATTACHED INDEPENDENT


1. We 2. Both of them

3. You all (f) 4. You all

5. I 6. She

7. Both of you 8. He

9. You (f) 10. You

Write the four properties and the meaning of the highlighted pronouns.

MEANING F OUR P ROPERTIES PRONOUN MEANING F OUR P ROPERTIES PRONOUN


ْ‫ ُﻫ َّﻦ أُ َّم َﻬﺎﺗﻬﻢ‬.1 َ ُ ْ َ َ َ َْ
ِِ ‫ أﻧﺖ وزوﺟﻚ‬.2
ْ‫ ُﻫ َّﻦ أُ َّم َﻬﺎﺗﻬﻢ‬.3 َ ُ ْ َ َ َ َْ
ِِ ‫ أﻧﺖ وزوﺟﻚ‬.4
ُّ َ ْ ُ‫ ﻳُ َﺼ ِّﺪﻗ‬.6
‫ ل َﺮاد ْو ُه‬.5 �
َ ْ َ َْ ُ ‫ ُﻫ َﻮ‬.8
‫ � ُﻦ أﻋﻠ ُﻢ‬.7 ‫اﷲ‬

19
SECTION 3 – TRANSLATION

S E C T I O N 3A – E N G L I S H TO ARABIC TRANSLATION
Translate the following words from English to Arabic. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

1. Closer ‫ﺟﺮ‬

2. Prophets ‫ﺟﺮ‬

3. Two hands ‫رﻓﻊ‬

4. Nations ‫رﻓﻊ‬

5. Paternal aunts ‫ﻧﺼﺐ‬

6. Two ears ‫ﻧﺼﺐ‬

SECTION 3B – ARABIC TO ENGLISH TRANSLATION


Translate the following words from Arabic to English.

َْْ َ

ِ ‫ �ﻴن‬.1
ً َْ
‫ أرﺿﺎ‬.2
ُ َ
‫ أ ْ�ﻴَﺾ‬.3
ٌ َ‫ ءاﺑ‬.4
‫ﺎء‬
َ َ ‫ﺧ‬ْ َ
‫ﺮﻀ‬ ‫ أ‬.5

‫ ِﺣ ْﺰ ً�ﺎ‬.6

SECTION 4 – DICTATION

Listen to ayah 44:3. Transcribe what you hear.

20
CHAPTER 2 PART 3 ANSWER KEY

SECTION 2 – PRONOUNS

Translate the following pronouns to Arabic. Write both the independent and attached version.

ENGLISH ATTACHED INDEPENDENT ENGLISH ATTACHED INDEPENDENT


َ َْ ُ ُ
1. We ‫ﻧﺎ‬ ‫� ُﻦ‬ 2. Both of them ‫ﻫ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻫ َﻤﺎ‬
ُ
‫� َّﻦ‬ ‫ﻦﺘ‬َّ ُ �ْ َ‫أ‬ ُ
‫� ْﻢ‬
َْ
‫أ�ﺘُ ْﻢ‬
3. You all (f) 4. You all
ََ َ َ ِ
5. I �‫ي‬ ‫أﻧ ﺎ‬ 6. She ‫ﻫﺎ‬ �
ُ َْ ُ
7. Both of you ‫ﻛ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫أ�ﺘُ َﻤﺎ‬ 8. He َ‫ُه ه‬ ‫ﻫ َﻮ‬
َْ َ ْ ‫أَﻧ‬
9. You (f) ‫ِك‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫أﻧ‬ 10. You ‫َك‬ ‫ﺖ‬

Write the four properties and the meaning of the highlighted pronouns.

MEANING F OUR P ROPERTIES PRONOUN MEANING F OUR P ROPERTIES PRONOUN


ُ ُ َ ُ ْ َ َ َ َْ
they (N or J)/PL/M/P ‫ ﻫ َّﻦ أ َّم َﻬﺎﺗِ ِﻬ ْﻢ‬.1 you R/1/M/P ‫ أﻧﺖ وزوﺟﻚ‬.2
they (f) R/PL/F/P
ُ ُ
‫ ﻫ َّﻦ أ َّم َﻬﺎﺗِ ِﻬ ْﻢ‬.3 you (N or J)/1/M/P
َ َ ْ‫ أَﻧ‬.4
‫ﺖ َو َز ْو ُﺟﻚ‬
ُّ َ ْ ُ‫ ﻳُ َﺼ ِّﺪﻗ‬.6
he (N or J)/1/M/P ‫ ل َﺮاد ْو ُه‬.5 me N/1/(M or F)/P �
َ ْ َ َْ ُ ‫ ُﻫ َﻮ‬.8
we R/PL/(M or F)/P ‫ � ُﻦ أﻋﻠ ُﻢ‬.7 he R/1/M/P ‫اﷲ‬

21
SECTION 3 – TRANSLATION

S E C T I O N 3A – E N G L I S H TO ARABIC TRANSLATION
Translate the following words from English to Arabic. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

َْ
1. Closer ‫ﺟﺮ‬ ‫أﻗ َﺮ َب‬

‫ﺟﺮ‬ َ َ‫أﻧْبﻴ‬
‫ﺎء‬
2. Prophets ِ
ََ
3. Two hands ‫رﻓﻊ‬ ‫ان‬
ِ ‫ﻳﺪ‬

4. Nations ‫رﻓﻊ‬ ٌ ‫أَﻗْ َﻮ‬


‫ام‬

‫ﺎت‬ َّ َ
5. Paternal aunts ‫ﻧﺼﺐ‬ ٍ ‫�ﻤ‬
َُُْ
6. Two ears ‫ﻧﺼﺐ‬ �ِ �‫أ ذ‬

SECTION 3B – ARABIC TO ENGLISH TRANSLATION


Translate the following words from Arabic to English.

ََْ
two eyes �
ِ ‫ �ﻴن‬.1
ً َ
land ‫ أ ْرﺿﺎ‬.2
ُ َ
white ‫ أ ْ�ﻴَﺾ‬.3

fathers
ٌ َ‫ آﺑ‬.4
‫ﺎء‬
َ َ ‫ﺧ‬ ْ َ
green ‫ﺮﻀ‬ ‫ أ‬.5

faction ‫ ِﺣ ْﺰ ً�ﺎ‬.6

SECTION 5 – DICTATION

Listen to ayah 44:3. Transcribe what you hear.

َ ُ َّ ُ َّ ۚ َ َ ٰ َ ُّ َ ْ َ ُ ٰ َ ْ َ َ ٓ َّ
٣ ‫ﻨﺬ ِر�ﻦ‬
ِ ‫ِإﻧﺎ أﻧﺰﻨﻟﻪ ِﻲﻓ ﻴﻟﻠ ٍﺔ ﻣﺮﺒ� ٍﺔ◌ ِإﻧﺎ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻣ‬

22
CHAPTER 3 HOMEWORK
RECOMMENDED VIDEOS

1. Gender

2. Number

3. Number - Drills

4. Type

SECTION 1 – MEMORIZATION

Memorize rows 5 - 7 of “Chapters 1 & 2 Vocabulary” on pg. 5 of your textbook.

SECTION 2 – NUMBER AND GENDER

N UMBER G ENDER W ORD N UMBER G ENDER W ORD


ٌ َ َ
S / 2 / PL M/F ‫ أ ْوﻻد‬.1 S / 2 / PL M/F ‫ َﺣ ْﺮ ً�ﺎ‬.2
َْ �
ْ َ َ ِّ َ ُ
S / 2 / PL M/F ‫ﺎن‬
ِ ‫ ﺑِنﺘ‬.3 S / 2 / PL M/F ِ ‫ ﻣﺪرﺳت‬.4
َْ َ
S / 2 / PL M/F ‫ﺎن‬
ِ ‫ �ﻴﻨ‬.5 S / 2 / PL M/F ‫ َﻣ َﻌﺎ ِﻫ ُﺪ‬.6
‫ﺎت‬ َ ‫ أُ َّم‬.7
‫ﻬ‬
ٌ َ َ
‫ ﺧﺎﻻت‬.8
S / 2 / PL M/F ٍ S / 2 / PL M/F
َْْ ُ َ
S / 2 / PL M/F � ِ ‫ أﺧﺘ‬.9 S / 2 / PL M/F ‫ ﺷ ْﻤ ًﺴﺎ‬.10
ُ َ
S / 2 / PL M/F ‫ اﻟﻘ ْﺮن‬.11 S / 2 / PL M/F
ُ ‫اﻨﻟ‬
‫ﺎر‬ َّ .12

‫ﺎﺟ ِﺪ‬ َ َْ �َ ْ ‫ ﺑَن‬.14


S / 2 / PL M/F ِ ‫ الﻤﺴ‬.13 S / 2 / PL M/F ِ

SECTION 3 – CUMULATIVE PRACTICE

Determine the status, gender, and number of each word using the key below.
ّ
R= ‫رﻓﻊ‬, N= ‫ﻧﺼﺐ‬, J= ‫ﺟﺮ‬ 1=‫ﻣﻔﺮد‬, 2=�‫ﻣﺜ‬, PL=‫ﻤﺟﻊ‬ M=‫ﻣﺬﻛﺮ‬, F=‫مﺆﻧﺚ‬

STATUS NUMBER GENDER

‫ان‬ ََ َ
ِ ‫ وﺪﻟ‬.1

‫ات‬ َ َ َْ
ِ ‫ اﻷﺧﻮ‬.2

23
ً
‫ ِر َﺟﺎﻻ‬.3

ٌ ُ
‫ �ﻴُ ْﻮن‬.4

َ ‫اﻟﻌﻠَ َﻤ‬
‫ﺎء‬ ُ .5

َ
ٍ‫ ﻗ ْﻮم‬.6

‫ ِر�ْ ٍﺢ‬.7

َ َ َ
‫ﺎﺟﺪ‬
ِ ‫ مﺴ‬. 8

ُ َ �ْ َ‫ أ‬.9
‫ﺮﺒ‬

َْ ْ

ِ ‫ ِرﺟﻠ‬.10

SECTION 4 – TYPE

Indicate whether the following words are common or proper, and give the reason why. Words that are
“before-of” are highlighted and underlined.

R EASON T YPE WORD R EASON T YPE WORD

َ ُْ ََْ َ
P/C ‫ � ِﺰ ْي الﺎﻜ ِﻓ ِﺮ�ْ َﻦ‬.1 P/C �
ِ ‫ ﻃﺎﺋِﻔﺘ‬.2
ٌ َّ ُ
P/C ‫ َﺟﻨﺔ‬.3 P/C ‫ ﻧ ْﻮ ًﺣﺎ‬.4
ُ ُ َ
َ ْ ‫اﻟﻘﺎﻟ‬
P/C ‫ ﻳﺎ أ ْﺳﺘَﺎذ‬.5 P/C � ِ .6
َْ ْ ُ ُ
P/C ‫ﺖ‬
ٍ ‫ مﺴﺘﻔ‬.7 P/C ‫ َﻃﺎﺋِ ُﺮ� ْﻢ‬.8

P/C ‫ ﻫﺆﻻء‬.9 P/C ْ َّ‫ اﻟ‬.10


‫ﻲﺘ‬ِ

24
SECTION 5 – CUMULATIVE PRACTICE

Determine the status, gender, and number of each word using the key below.
ّ
R= ‫رﻓﻊ‬, N= ‫ﻧﺼﺐ‬, J= ‫ﺟﺮ‬ 1=‫ﻣﻔﺮد‬, 2=�‫ﻣﺜ‬, PL=‫ﻤﺟﻊ‬ M=‫ﻣﺬﻛﺮ‬, F= ‫مﺆﻧﺚ‬ P=‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬, C=‫ﻧ�ﺮة‬

STATUS NUMBER GENDER TYPE

َ‫ أُ ْوﻻءِك‬.1

ََ
‫ﺎر َج‬
ِ � .2

‫ان‬ َ ْ
ِ ‫ ِﺳﺤﺮ‬.3

َ
‫ ﻗ ِﺮ�ْ ٌﻦ‬.4

‫ﺎت‬ َ َّ ُ
ٍ ‫ أمﻬ‬.5

َ َ
‫ آﺧ ُﺮ ْون‬.6

‫ ِﺣ ْﺰ ٍب‬.7

َ َ ُّ
‫اﻟﺮﺘاث‬ .8

َ
َ ْ ‫اﻟﻘﺎﻟ‬
� ِ .9

َ ِ .10

25
CHAPTER 3 ANSWER KEY

SECTION 2 – NUMBER AND GENDER

N UMBER G ENDER W ORD N UMBER G ENDER W ORD


ٌ َ َ
S / 2 / PL M/F ‫ أ ْوﻻد‬.1 S / 2 / PL M/F ‫ َﺣ ْﺮ ً�ﺎ‬.2
َْ �
ْ َ َ ِّ َ ُ
S / 2 / PL M/F ‫ﺎن‬
ِ ‫ ﺑِنﺘ‬.3 S / 2 / PL M/F ِ ‫ ﻣﺪرﺳت‬.4
َْ َ
S / 2 / PL M/F ‫ﺎن‬
ِ ‫ �ﻴﻨ‬.5 S / 2 / PL M/F ‫ َﻣ َﻌﺎ ِﻫ ُﺪ‬.6
‫ﺎت‬ َ ‫ أُ َّم‬.7
‫ﻬ‬
ٌ َ َ
‫ ﺧﺎﻻت‬.8
S / 2 / PL M/F ٍ S / 2 / PL M/F
َْْ ُ َ
S / 2 / PL M/F � ِ ‫ أﺧﺘ‬.9 S / 2 / PL M/F ‫ ﺷ ْﻤ ًﺴﺎ‬.10
ُ َ
S / 2 / PL M/F ‫ اﻟﻘ ْﺮن‬.11 S / 2 / PL M/F
ُ ‫اﻨﻟ‬
‫ﺎر‬ َّ .12

‫ﺎﺟ ِﺪ‬ َ َ �َ ْ ‫ ﺑَن‬.14


S / 2 / PL M/F ِ ‫ الﻤﺴ‬.13 S / 2 / PL M/F ِ

SECTION 3 – CUMULATIVE PRACTICE

Determine the status, gender, and number of each word using the key below.

R= ,‫رﻓﻊ‬N= ,‫ﻧﺼﺐ‬J= ,�‫=ﻣﺜ‬2 ,‫=ﻣﻔﺮد‬1 ّ PL=‫ﻤﺟﻊ‬


‫ﺟﺮ‬ M= ,‫ﻣﺬﻛﺮ‬F=‫مﺆﻧﺚ‬

STATUS NUMBER GENDER

‫ان‬ ََ َ
R 2 M
ِ ‫وﺪﻟ‬ .1

َْ
َ ‫اﻷ َﺧ‬
‫ات‬
ِ ‫ﻮ‬ .2
N/J PL F
ً
‫ِر َﺟﺎﻻ‬ .3
N PL M

ٌ ُ
‫�ﻴُ ْﻮن‬ .4
R 1 F

َ ‫اﻟﻌﻠَ َﻤ‬
‫ﺎء‬ ُ .5
N PL/1 M/F

َ
ٍ‫ﻗ ْﻮم‬ .6
J PL M

26
‫ِر�ْ ٍﺢ‬ .7
J 1 F

َ َ َ
‫ﺎﺟﺪ‬
ِ ‫مﺴ‬ .8
N/J 1 F

ُ َ �ْ َ‫أ‬
‫ﺮﺒ‬ .9
R 1 M/F

َْ ْ

ِ ‫ ِرﺟﻠ‬.10
N/J 2 F

SECTION 4 – TYPE

Indicate whether the following words are common or proper, and give the reason why. Words that are
“before-of” are highlighted and underlined.

R EASON T YPE WORD R EASON T YPE WORD

َ ُْ ََْ َ
after-of is proper P/C ‫ � ِﺰ ْي الﺎﻜﻓِ ِﺮ�ْ َﻦ‬.1 default P/C �
ِ ‫ ﻃﺎﺋِﻔﺘ‬.2
ٌ َّ ُ
default P/C ‫ َﺟﻨﺔ‬.3 proper name P/C ‫ ﻧ ْﻮ ًﺣﺎ‬.4
ُ ُ َ
َ ْ ‫اﻟﻘﺎﻟ‬
one being called (‫)ﻣﻨﺎدى‬ P/C ‫ ﻳﺎ أ ْﺳﺘَﺎذ‬.5 ‫ال‬ P/C � ِ .6
َْ ْ ُ ُ
default P/C ‫ﺖ‬
ٍ ‫ مﺴﺘﻔ‬.7 after-of is proper P/C ‫ َﻃﺎﺋِ ُﺮ� ْﻢ‬.8

‫اﺳﻢ اﻹﺷﺎرة‬ P/C


َ
‫ ﻫ ُﺆﻻ ِء‬.9 ‫اﺳﻢ مﻮﺻﻮل‬ P/C ْ َّ‫ اﻟ‬.10
‫ﻲﺘ‬ِ

27
SECTION 5 – CUMULATIVE PRACTICE

Determine the status, gender, and number of each word using the key below.
ّ
R= ‫رﻓﻊ‬, N= ‫ﻧﺼﺐ‬, J= ‫ﺟﺮ‬ 1=‫ﻣﻔﺮد‬, 2=�‫ﻣﺜ‬, PL=‫ﻤﺟﻊ‬ M=‫ﻣﺬﻛﺮ‬, F= ‫مﺆﻧﺚ‬ P=‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬, C=‫ﻧ�ﺮة‬

NUMBE
STATUS GENDER TYPE
R

RNJ PL M F P َ ‫ أُ ْوﻻء‬.1
‫ِك‬

ََ
‫ﺎر َج‬
N J 1 F C
ِ � .2

R 2 M C
‫ان‬ َ ْ
ِ ‫ ِﺳﺤﺮ‬.3

َ
‫ ﻗ ِﺮ�ْ ٌﻦ‬.4
R 1 M C

N J PL F C
‫ﺎت‬‫ﻬ‬َ ‫ أُ َّم‬.5
ٍ

َ َ
‫ آﺧ ُﺮ ْون‬.6
R PL M C

‫ ِﺣ ْﺰ ٍب‬.7
J PL M C

N 1 M P َ َ ُّ
‫اﻟﺮﺘاث‬ .8

N J PL M P َ
َ ْ ‫اﻟﻘﺎﻟ‬
� ِ .9

R 1 F P َ ِ .10

28
CHAPTER 4 PART 1 HOMEWORK
RECOMMENDED VIDEOS

5. Harf al-Nasb and Victim

6. Harf al-Jarr and Victim

SECTION 1 – MEMORIZATION

Memorize lines 1-3 of “Chapters 3&4 Vocabulary” of your textbook.

SECTION 2 – DICTATION AND TRANSLATION

Determine what type of fragment it is, then translate. Use the following key.

A. ‫ﺟﺎر و�ﺮور‬ B. ‫ﺣﺮف ﻧﺼﺐ واﺳﻤﻬﺎ‬ C. ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬ D. ‫مﻮﺻﻮف وﺻﻔﺔ‬ E. ‫اﺳﻢ اﺷﺎرة ومﺸﺎر إﻴﻟﻪ‬

T RANSLATE F RAGMENT T YPE F RAGMENT


َ
‫ِﻣ ْﻦ َﻣﺎﻜ ٍن‬ .1

َّ‫َﻛ َ� َّ� ُﻬﻦ‬ .2

َّ َ
‫ﺑِﺄن الﺎﻜ ِﻓ ِﺮ�ْ َﻦ‬ .3

ْ َّ
‫الﺴ ِبﻴ ِﻞ‬ ‫َﻋ ِﻦ‬ .4

‫ﺘﺎب‬
ِ ‫ﻜ‬ ِ ‫ﻲﻓ ال‬ .5

َ
‫ِﻣ َﻦ اﻷ ْر ِض‬ .6

َ‫ﻟَ� َّﻦ أَ ْ� َﺮﺜ‬


ِ .7

29
ْ َ ْ
‫ﻮاب‬
ٍ ‫ِﻣﻦ أﺑ‬ .8

َ ‫أَ َّن‬
َ‫الﻤﺎء‬ .9

َّ َ
‫ﻟ َﻌﻠﻨﺎ‬ .10

SECTION 3 – ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬

Determine the type of fragment, then place the ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬. Use the following key.

A. ‫ﺟﺎر و�ﺮور‬ B. ‫ﺣﺮف ﻧﺼﺐ واﺳﻤﻬﺎ‬ C. ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬ D. ‫مﻮﺻﻮف وﺻﻔﺔ‬ E. ‫اﺳﻢ اﺷﺎرة ومﺸﺎر إﻴﻟﻪ‬

F RAGMENT F RAGMENT
T RANSLATION F RAGMENT T RANSLATION F RAGMENT
T YPE T YPE

‫ إﻰﻟ إﺑﺮاﻫﻴﻢ‬.1 ‫ أن اﻤﻟﺴﺎﺟﺪ‬.2

‫ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎء‬.3 ‫ ﺑﻠﺴﺎن‬.4

‫ ﻟﻌﻞ اﷲ‬.5 ّ ‫ ﺗﺎﷲ‬.6

‫ إن الﻜﺘﺎب‬.7 ‫ إﻴﻟﻪ‬.8

‫ ﻰﻠﻋ مﻮﻰﺳ‬.9 ‫ ﻨﻟﺎ‬.10

SECTION 4 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

Translate the following fragments from English to Arabic. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

F RAGMENT T RANSLATION F RAGMENT T RANSLATION

1. As though (the) life 2. For me

30
3. To us 4. Certainly you (f)

5. Upon the heart 6. From the mother

7. From the town 8. That the house

9. Certainly the place 10. Hopefully you all

31
CHAPTER 4 PART 1 ANSWER KEY

SECTION 2 – DICTATION AND TRANSLATION

Determine what type of fragment it is, then translate. Use the following key.

A. ‫ﺟﺎر و�ﺮور‬ B. ‫ﺣﺮف ﻧﺼﺐ واﺳﻤﻬﺎ‬ C. ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬ D. ‫مﻮﺻﻮف وﺻﻔﺔ‬ E. ‫اﺳﻢ اﺷﺎرة ومﺸﺎر إﻴﻟﻪ‬

T RANSLATE F RAGMENT T YPE F RAGMENT


َ
from a place A ‫ِﻣ ْﻦ َﻣﺎﻜ ٍن‬ .1

َّ َ َ
as though they (f) B ‫ﻛ�� ُﻬ َّﻦ‬ .2

َ‫ﺑﺄ َ َّن الﺎﻜﻓِﺮ�ْﻦ‬


because the disbelievers B ِ ِ .3

ْ َّ
away from the path A ‫الﺴ ِبﻴ ِﻞ‬ ‫َﻋ ِﻦ‬ .4

in the book A ‫ﺘﺎب‬


ِ ‫ﻜ‬ ِ ‫ﻲﻓ ال‬ .5

ْ َ َ
from the earth A ‫ِﻣﻦ اﻷر ِض‬ .6

َ َ �ْ َ‫ﻟَ� َّﻦ أ‬
‫ﺮﺜ‬
however more B ِ .7

‫ﻮاب‬ْ‫ﻣ ْﻦ أَﺑ‬
from doors A ٍ ِ .8

َ ‫أَ َّن‬
َ‫الﻤﺎء‬ .9
that the water A

َّ َ
hopefully we B ‫ﻟ َﻌﻠﻨﺎ‬ .10

32
SECTION 3 – ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬

Determine the type of fragment, then place the ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬. Use the following key.

A. ‫ﺟﺎر و�ﺮور‬ B. ‫ﺣﺮف ﻧﺼﺐ واﺳﻤﻬﺎ‬ C. ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬ D. ‫مﻮﺻﻮف وﺻﻔﺔ‬ E. ‫اﺳﻢ اﺷﺎرة ومﺸﺎر إﻴﻟﻪ‬

F RAGMENT F RAGMEN
T RANSLATION F RAGMENT T RANSLATION F RAGMENT
T YPE T T YPE

َ َ َ َ َّ َ
to Ibrahim A ‫ إِﻰﻟ إِﺑْ َﺮا ِﻫﻴْ َﻢ‬.1 that the masjids B ‫ﺎﺟﺪ‬
ِ ‫ أن الﻤﺴ‬.2

from water A ‫ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﻣﺎ ٍء‬.3 in a language A ‫ﺎن‬ َ


ٍ ‫ ﺑِ ِﻠﺴ‬.4

perhaps Allah B َ ‫ ﻟَ َﻌ َّﻞ‬.5


‫اﷲ‬ I swear by Allah! A َ
ِّ ‫ ﺗﺎﷲ‬.6

َ َ‫ إ َّن الﻜﺘ‬.7 َ
that the book B ‫ﺎب‬ ِ ِ
to/towards him/it A ‫ إِﻴﻟْ ِﻪ‬.8

َ ََ َ
upon Musa A ‫ ﻰﻠﻋ ُم ْﻮﻰﺳ‬.9 for us A ‫ ﻨﻟَﺎ‬.10

SECTION 4 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

Translate the following fragments from English to Arabic. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

F RAGMENT T RANSLATION F RAGMENT T RANSLATION


َ َ َ َّ َ َ ْ
1. As though (the) life ‫ﻛﺄن اﺤﻟﻴﺎة‬ 2. For me ‫ﻲﻟ‬ِ
َ َ َّ
3. To us ‫إِﻴﻟْﻨﺎ‬ 4. Certainly you (f) ‫إِﻧ ِﻚ‬
ْ َ ََ ُ
5. Upon the heart ‫ﺐ‬
ِ ‫ﻰﻠﻋ اﻟﻘﻠ‬ 6. From the mother ‫ِﻣ َﻦ اﻷ ِّم‬

َ َ
7. From the town ‫ِﻣ َﻦ اﻟﻘ ْﺮ َ� ِﺔ‬ 8. That the house ‫ﺖ‬ َ ‫أ َّن‬
َ ْ‫اﺒﻟﻴ‬

َ َ َ َّ ُ َّ َ
9. Certainly the place ‫الﻤﺎﻜن‬ ‫ِإن‬ 10. Hopefully you all ‫ﻟ َﻌﻠ� ْﻢ‬

33
CHAPTER 4 PART 2 HOMEWORK
RECOMMENDED VIDEOS

1. al-Idafa

2. al-Idafa Practice

3. Special Mudaaf and The 5 Isms

SECTION 1 – MEMORIZATION

Memorize lines 3-4 of “Chapters 3&4 Vocabulary” of your textbook.

SECTION 2 – DICTATION AND TRANSLATION

Determine what type of fragment it is. If a fragment repeat, write the letter twice. Then translate. Use the
following key.

A. ‫ﺟﺎر و�ﺮور‬ B. ‫ﺣﺮف ﻧﺼﺐ واﺳﻤﻬﺎ‬ C. ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬ D. ‫مﻮﺻﻮف وﺻﻔﺔ‬ E. ‫اﺳﻢ اﺷﺎرة ومﺸﺎر إﻴﻟﻪ‬

T RANSLATE F RAGMENT T YPE F RAGMENT


َ ْ َ
‫� آذاﻧِ ِﻬ ْﻢ‬ِ‫و‬ .1

ُُ
‫ﻗﻠ ْﻮ ُ�ﻨﺎ‬ .2

ْ‫إ َﻰﻟ أَ ْﻫﻠﻴْﻬﻢ‬


ِ ِ ِ .3

� َ ْ‫َﻴﻟ‬
ْ ِ ‫ﺖ ﻗَ ْﻮ‬ .4

‫ﺎس‬ َّ ‫ﻲﻓ ُﺻ ُﺪ ْور‬


ِ ‫اﻨﻟ‬ ْ
ِ ِ .5

ُ
‫ُو ُﺟ ْﻮﻫ ُﻬ ْﻢ‬ .6

َْ
‫ِﻣ ْﻦ أﻓ َﻮا ِﻫ ِﻬ ْﻢ‬ .7

34
َ ُ ُ َُ
‫ﻓﺆاد أ ِّم ُم ْﻮﻰﺳ‬ .8

‫ﺎر ِﻫ ْﻢ‬َ ْ
ِ ‫ِﻲﻓ ِدﻳ‬ .9

ُ َ
ْ ُ َ ْ ‫� ْﻢ‬
‫ﷲ‬
ِ ‫ﻲﻓ رﺳﻮ ِل ا‬ ِ ‫ﻟ‬ .10

SECTION 3 – TRANSLATION

S E C T I O N 3.3A – A R A B I C TO ENGLISH TRANSLATION


Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬on the following fragments, then translate from Arabic to English.

T RANSLATION F RAGMENT T RANSLATION F RAGMENT

‫ إﻰﻟ ﻗﻮﻣﻬﻢ‬.1 ‫ إن أﺑﻮاب اﺒﻟﻴﺖ‬.2

‫ ﻟ�ﻦ ﻠﻛﻤﺎﺗﻚ‬.3 ‫ ﻣﻊ أﺑﻨﺎء إﺑﺮاﻫﻴﻢ‬.4

‫ ﻟﻌﻞ ﻣﺎء اﻷرض‬.5 ‫ ﻋﻦ اﺳﻢ أﺑيﻨﺎ‬.6

S E C T I O N 3.3 B – E N G L I S H TO ARABIC TRANSLATION


Translate the following fragments from English to Arabic. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

F RAGMENT T RANSLATION F RAGMENT T RANSLATION


1. The names of the 2. In her mother’s
children room

3. In the hearts of
4. About my life
the people

5. His father’s face 6. Our sister’s book

35
CHAPTER 4 PART 2 ANSWER KEY

SECTION 2 – DICTATION AND TRANSLATION

Determine what type of fragment it is. If a fragment repeat, write the letter twice. Then translate. Use the
following key.

A. ‫ﺟﺎر و�ﺮور‬ B. ‫ﺣﺮف ﻧﺼﺐ واﺳﻤﻬﺎ‬ C. ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬ D. ‫مﻮﺻﻮف وﺻﻔﺔ‬ E. ‫اﺳﻢ اﺷﺎرة ومﺸﺎر إﻴﻟﻪ‬

T RANSLATION F RAGMENT T YPE F RAGMENT


َ ْ َ
in their ears AC
‫� آذاﻧِ ِﻬ ْﻢ‬ِ‫و‬ .1

ُُ
our hearts C
‫ﻗﻠ ْﻮ ُ�ﻨﺎ‬ .2

ْ َْ َ
to their families AC
‫ِإﻰﻟ أﻫ ِﻠﻴ ِﻬ ْﻢ‬ .3

� َ ْ‫َﻴﻟ‬
ْ ِ ‫ﺖ ﻗَ ْﻮ‬ .4
if only my people BC

‫ﺎس‬ َّ ‫ﻲﻓ ُﺻ ُﺪ ْور‬


ِ ‫اﻨﻟ‬ ْ
in the chests of the people AC ِ ِ .5

ُ
their faces C
‫ُو ُﺟ ْﻮﻫ ُﻬ ْﻢ‬ .6

َْ
from their mouths AC
‫ِﻣ ْﻦ أﻓ َﻮا ِﻫ ِﻬ ْﻢ‬ .7

َ ْ ُ ِّ ُ ُ َ ُ
the heart of Musa’s mother CC
‫ﻓﺆاد أم مﻮﻰﺳ‬ .8

in their homes AC
‫ﺎر ِﻫ ْﻢ‬َ ْ
ِ ‫ِﻲﻓ ِدﻳ‬ .9

ُ َ
ْ ُ َ ْ ‫� ْﻢ‬
for you all in the Prophet of Allah AAC
‫ﷲ‬
ِ ‫ﻲﻓ رﺳﻮ ِل ا‬ ِ ‫ ﻟ‬.10

36
SECTION 3 – TRANSLATION

S E C T I O N 3.3A – A R A B I C TO ENGLISH TRANSLATION


Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬on the following fragments, then translate from Arabic to English.

T RANSLATION F RAGMENT T RANSLATION F RAGMENT


َ َ ْ َ ْ َ َّ
to their people ‫ ِإﻰﻟ ﻗ ْﻮ ِم ِﻬ ْﻢ‬.1 certainly, the doors of the
house
َ َ
‫ ِإن أﺑﻮاب اﺒﻟﻴ ِﺖ‬.2
َ َ َّ َ
‫ﻠﻛ َﻤﺎﺗِﻚ‬ َ‫ َﻣ َﻊ أَ ْ�ﻨَﺎ ِء إﺑْ َﺮا ِﻫﻴْﻢ‬.4
however, your words ِ ‫�ﻦ‬ ِ ‫ ﻟ‬.3 with the sons of Ibrahim ِ
perhaps the water of the ْ َ َ َ َّ َ َ َ‫اﺳﻢ أَﺑيْﻨﺎ‬
ْ َ
land
‫ ﻟﻌﻞ ﻣﺎء اﻷر ِض‬.5 about our father’s name ِ ِ ‫ ﻋ ِﻦ‬.6

S E C T I O N 3.3 B – E N G L I S H TO ARABIC TRANSLATION


Translate the following fragments from English to Arabic. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

F RAGMENT T RANSLATION F RAGMENT T RANSLATION


َ َ َ َ ِّ ُ َ ُ ْ
1. The names of the ُ ‫أ ْﺳ َﻤ‬
‫أ ْوﻻ ِد‬/ِ‫ﺎء اﻷ ْ�ﻨﺎء‬ 2. In her mother’s
‫ﻲﻓ ﻏ ْﺮﻓ ِﺔ أم َﻬﺎ‬
children room ِ

3. In the hearts of
‫ﺎس‬ َّ ‫ﻲﻓ ﻗُﻠُ ْﻮب‬
ِ ‫اﻨﻟ‬ ْ ْ َ‫َ� ْﻦ َﺣﻴ‬
‫ﺎﻲﺗ‬
the people ِ ِ 4. About my life ِ

ْ َ ُ ْ َ ْ ُ ُ َ
5. His father’s face ‫َوﺟﻪ أ ِ�ﻴ ِﻪ‬ 6. Our sister’s book ‫ﺎب أﺧ ِﺘﻨﺎ‬ ‫ِﻛﺘ‬

37
CHAPTER 4 PART 3 HOMEWORK

RECOMMENDED VIDEOS

1. al-Mawsuf and al-Sifa

2. Mawsoof Sifah Practice

SECTION 1 – MEMORIZATION

Memorize all “Common ‫ ”ﺻﻔﺎت‬on page 30 of your textbook.

SECTION 2 – DICTATION AND RECOGNITION

Determine what type of fragment it is, then translate. Use the following key.

A. ‫ﺟﺎر و�ﺮور‬ B. ‫ﺣﺮف ﻧﺼﺐ واﺳﻤﻬﺎ‬ C. ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬ D. ‫مﻮﺻﻮف وﺻﻔﺔ‬ E. ‫اﺳﻢ اﺷﺎرة ومﺸﺎر إﻴﻟﻪ‬

T RANSLATE F RAGMENT T YPE F RAGMENT

‫ﻜﻴْ ِﻢ‬
ِ َ ‫ﺎب اﺤﻟ‬
َ ‫ َوال‬.1
ِ ‫ﻜﺘ‬
ِ

َّ َ ‫أَﺑْ َﻮ‬
‫اب َﺟ َﻬﻨ َﻢ‬ .2

ُ ‫ُذ ِّر َّ� ٌﺔ ُﺿ َﻌ َﻔ‬


‫ﺎء‬ .3

‫ﺐ‬ ْ َ َ َ ْ
ٍ �‫ِﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﻜ ٍن ﻗ ِﺮ‬ .4

ٌ ٌ َ
‫ﻠﻛ َﻤﺔ َﻃﻴِّﺒَﺔ‬
ِ .5

ْ ُ ٍّ َ َ َ

ٍ ‫ﺎن ﻋﺮ ِ� ﻣ ِﺒ‬
ٍ ‫ﺑِ ِﻠﺴ‬ .6

‫ﺎب‬َ ‫ﺑﺒَ ْﻌﺾ ال‬


ِ ‫ﻜﺘ‬
ِ ِ ِ .7

38
َّ ُ َ َ ُ َّ َ
‫ﺎر‬
ِ ‫أ ِﺷﺪاء ﻰﻠﻋ الﻜ‬
‫ﻔ‬ .8

َ ََْ
‫� ﻳَﺪ َّي‬ � .9

َ ْ ‫ﻲﻓ ُﺻ ُﺪ ْور ﻗَ ْﻮمٍ ُم ْﺆﻣﻨ‬


� ْ ِ
ِِ ِ .10

SECTION 3 – TRANSLATION

S E C T I O N 3.3A – A R A B I C TO ENGLISH TRANSLATION


Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬on the following fragments, then translate from Arabic to English.

T RANSLATION F RAGMENT

�‫ ﻛﺄن اﺒﻟﻨﺎء الﻜﺒ‬.1


‫ ﻋﻨﺪ مﺴﺠﺪ ﻗﺮ�ﺐ‬.2
‫ أﻣﺎم دارﻧﺎ اﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ‬.3
‫ ﻰﻠﻋ ورﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻀﺎء‬.4
‫ ﻰﻠﻋ ورﻗﺔ ﻳﻮ�ﺲ اﺒﻟﻴﻀﺎء‬.5
�‫ ﻷن ﻏﺮف اﺒﻟﻴﺖ الﺼﻐ‬.6

S E C T I O N 3.3 B – E N G L I S H TO ARABIC TRANSLATION


Translate the following fragments from English to Arabic. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

F RAGMENT T RANSLATION
1. Behind the beautiful lamps

2. About a strong boy

3. From my brother’s city

39
4. His pure words

5. In new masjids

6. Because the generous people of the town

40
CHAPTER 4 PART 3 ANSWER KEY

SECTION 2 – DICTATION AND RECOGNITION

Determine all fragments. If a fragment repeats, write the letter twice. Use the following key.

A. ‫ﺟﺎر و�ﺮور‬ B. ‫ﺣﺮف ﻧﺼﺐ واﺳﻤﻬﺎ‬ C. ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬ D. ‫مﻮﺻﻮف وﺻﻔﺔ‬ E. ‫اﺳﻢ اﺷﺎرة ومﺸﺎر إﻴﻟﻪ‬

T RANSLATION F RAGMENT T YPE F RAGMENT

(I swear by) the wise book AD ‫ﻜﻴْ ِﻢ‬


ِ َ ‫ﺎب اﺤﻟ‬
َ ‫ َوال‬.1
ِ ‫ﻜﺘ‬
ِ

َّ َ ‫ أَﺑْ َﻮ‬.2
‫اب َﺟ َﻬﻨ َﻢ‬
the doors of Jahannam C

weak offspring D ُ ‫ ُذ ِّر َّ� ٌﺔ ُﺿ َﻌ َﻔ‬.3


‫ﺎء‬

‫ﺐ‬ ْ َ َ َ ْ
from a close place AD ٍ �‫ ِﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﻜ ٍن ﻗ ِﺮ‬.4

ٌ ٌ َ
pure word D ‫ﻠﻛ َﻤﺔ َﻃﻴِّﺒَﺔ‬
ِ .5

ْ ُ ٍّ َ َ َ
with/in clear Arabic language AD �
ٍ ‫ﺎن ﻋﺮ ِ� ﻣ ِﺒ‬
ٍ ‫ ﺑِ ِﻠﺴ‬.6

‫ﺎب‬َ ‫ ﺑﺒَ ْﻌﺾ ال‬.7


with/in part of the book AC ِ ‫ﻜﺘ‬
ِ ِ ِ

َّ ُ َ َ ُ َّ َ
harsh upon the disbelievers A ‫ﺎر‬
ِ ‫ أ ِﺷﺪاء ﻰﻠﻋ الﻜ‬.8
‫ﻔ‬

َ ََْ
between my 2 hands CC ‫� ﻳَﺪ َّي‬ � .9

َ ْ ‫ﻲﻓ ُﺻ ُﺪ ْور ﻗَ ْﻮمٍ ُم ْﺆﻣﻨ‬


� ْ ِ .10
in the chests of a believing nation ACD ِِ ِ

41
SECTION 3 – TRANSLATION

S E C T I O N 3.3A – A R A B I C TO ENGLISH TRANSLATION


Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬on the following fragments, then translate from Arabic to English.

T RANSLATION F RAGMENT
َ�ْ ‫الﻜﺒ‬َ َ َ َّ َ َ
as though the big building ِ ‫اﺒﻟﻨﺎء‬ ِ ‫ ﻛﺄن‬.1
‫ﺐ‬ ْ�‫ ﻋﻨْ َﺪ َم ْﺴﺠﺪ ﻗَﺮ‬.2
at the close masjid ٍ ِ ٍ ِ ِ
َ‫اﻟﻘﺪ ْ�ﻤﺔ‬ َ َ َ َ ََ
in front of our old house ِ ِ ‫ارﻧﺎ‬ ِ ‫ أﻣﺎم د‬.3
ََ
َ ‫ﻰﻠﻋ َو َرﻗَ ٍﺔ َ�ﻴْ َﻀ‬
upon a white paper ‫ﺎء‬ .4

َ ‫ﻰﻠﻋ َو َرﻗَ ِﺔ ﻳُ ْﻮ� ُ َﺲ‬ ََ


upon Yunus’s white paper ‫اﺒﻟﻴْ َﻀﺎ ِء‬ .5

ْ�‫الﺼﻐ‬ َّ ‫اﺒﻟﻴْﺖ‬ َ َ َ ُ َّ َ
because the rooms of the small house
ِ ِ ِ ‫ ِﻷن ﻏﺮف‬.6

S E C T I O N 3.3 B – E N G L I S H TO ARABIC TRANSLATION


Translate the following fragments from English to Arabic. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

F RAGMENT T RANSLATION
َ
1. Behind the beautiful lamps ‫ﺎ�ﻴْ ِﺢ اﺠﻟ َ ِﻤﻴْﻠ ِﺔ‬ َ َ َ ََ
ِ ‫وراء الﻤﺼ‬
َ ََ ْ َ
2. About a strong boy ‫ﺪﻟ ﻗ ِﻮ ٍّي‬
ٍ ‫�ﻦ و‬
َ
3. From my brother’s city ْ ِ ‫ِﻣ ْﻦ َﻣ ِﺪ ْ�ﻨَ ِﺔ أ‬
‫ﻲﺧ‬
ُ َّ ُ ُ َ َ
4. His pure words ‫اﻟﻄﻴِّﺒَﺔ‬ ‫ﻠﻛﻤﺎﺗﻪ‬
ِ
َْ َ َ َ َ ْ
5. In new masjids ٍ‫ﺎﺟﺪ ﺟ ِﺪﻳﺪة‬ِ ‫ِﻲﻓ مﺴ‬
ُ َ ْ َ َ ْ َ َّ َ
َ ‫الﻜ َﺮ َﻣ‬
6. Because the generous people of the town ‫ﺎء‬ ‫ِﻷن أﻫﻞ اﻟﻘﺮ� ِﺔ‬

42
CHAPTER 4 PART 4 HOMEWORK

RECOMMENDED VIDEOS

1. Surah Fatiha - Implementation

2. Pointers

SECTION 1 – MEMORIZATION

Memorize lines 5-6 of “Chapters 3&4 Vocabulary” on page 30 of your textbook.

SECTION 2 – ‫اﺳﻢ اﻹﺷﺎرة‬

S E C T I O N 2A – W H E R E TO POINT?
Determine whether you would put the ‫اﺳﻢ اﻹﺷﺎرة‬before or after. Then construct the full fragment and
translate to English.

B EFORE OR
T RANSLATION F AR AWAY FROM YOU C LOSE TO YOU A FTER
WORD

َ ُْ
B / A ‫الﻤﺆ ِﻣﻨُ ْﻮن‬ .1

َ ‫اق ال‬ ُ ََْ


B / A ‫ﺎب‬
ِ ‫ﻜﺘ‬
ِ ‫ أور‬.2
ُ َ
‫ اﻟﻘ ْﺮ َ�ﺔ‬.3
B / A ُ َ
‫الﻜ ِﺮ�ْ َﻤﺔ‬
ُُ َ
B / A ‫ أ ْﺳ َﻤﺎؤﻫ َّﻦ‬.4
ََ
B / A ‫ ﻗﻠ َﻤ ُﺎه‬.5

B / A ُ ‫ اﻟنِّ َﺴ‬.6
‫ﺎء‬

َ
B / A ‫ ﻗ ْﻮ ُم ُﻬ ْﻢ‬.7

43
SECTION 2B – SENTENCE VS FRAGMENT
Determine whether the following are sentences or fragments. Then translate.

َُ َ ُ َ َ
S / F ‫الﻠﻜ َﻤﺎت اﻟﻘ ِﻠﻴْﻠﺔ‬
ِ ِ‫ ﻫ ِﺬه‬.1
ٌَ َ ٌ َ َ
S / F ‫ﻠﻛ َﻤﺎت ﻗ ِﻠﻴْﻠﺔ‬
ِ ِ‫ ﻫ ِﺬه‬.2

‫اﻟﻌ ِﻈﻴْ َﻢ‬


َ ‫ﺎب‬ َ َ‫ إ َّن َﻫ َﺬا الﻜﺘ‬.3
S / F ِ ِ
َْ ‫ﻚ‬ َ َ ُ ََْ
S / F ‫ﺖ اﺠﻟ َ ِﺪﻳ ْ ِﺪ‬ِ ‫اﺒﻟﻴ‬ ِ ‫ أﺑﻮاب ذل‬.4
َ َ
S / F ‫ﻲﻓ أ ْر ِﺿ ِﻬ ْﻢ ﻫ ِﺬهِ اﺠﻟﻤﻴﻠﺔ‬ ْ ِ .5
َ َ ُ َ
S / F ‫ﺎء ﻫ ِﺬ ِه اﻟﻘ ْﺮ َ� ِﺔ‬ ‫ ﻣ‬.6
ُ ْ َ َ ُ ََْ َ ْ
S / F ‫اﺒﻟﻨﺎ ِء اﻟﻘ ِﺪ� َﻤﺔ‬ ِ ‫ ﺗِﻠﻚ أﺑﻮاب‬.7
َ َ ْ ْ َ َ
S / F ‫� ﻫﺬا‬ ِ ‫ ﻣﻊ ِاﺑ‬.8

SECTION 3 – CUMULATIVE PRACTICE

S E C T I O N 3A – D I C T A T I O N AND RECOGNITION
Determine what type of fragment it is, then translate. Use the following key.

A. ‫ﺟﺎر و�ﺮور‬ B. ‫ﺣﺮف ﻧﺼﺐ واﺳﻤﻬﺎ‬ C. ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬ D. ‫مﻮﺻﻮف وﺻﻔﺔ‬ E. ‫اﺳﻢ اﺷﺎرة ومﺸﺎر إﻴﻟﻪ‬

T RANSLATION F RAGMENT T YPE F RAGMENT


ُ ْ َ ْ َ
‫ﷲ‬
ِ ‫ أوﻻءِك ِﺣﺰب ا‬.1
َ َ
‫ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﻫ ِﺬهِ اﻟﻘ ْﺮ َ� ِﺔ‬.2
ْ َْ
‫� ِﻋﻠ ٍﻢ‬
ِ ‫ ﺑِﻐ‬.3
ُ َ َ َْ
‫ ﺑِﺄﺳﻤﺎ ِء ﻫﺆﻻ ِء‬.4
ْ‫ﺎت الﻜ َﺘﺎب اﺤﻟَﻜﻴﻢ‬ُ َ َ ْ
ِ ِ ِ ِ ‫ ﺗِﻠﻚ آﻳ‬.5

44
SECTION 3B – FRAGMENT TRANSLATION
Translate the following fragment from English to Arabic. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

1. In this big, beautiful town

2. that small room of ours

3. on Sulieman’s blue cup

4. However, the many rooms of the house

5. under those new books

45
CHAPTER 4 PART 4 ANSWER KEY

SECTION 2 – ‫اﺳﻢ اﻹﺷﺎرة‬

S E C T I O N 2A – W H E R E TO POINT?
Determine whether you would put the ‫اﺳﻢ اﻹﺷﺎرة‬before or after. Then construct the full fragment and
translate to English.

B EFORE OR
T RANSLATION F AR AWAY FROM YOU C LOSE TO YOU A FTER
WORD

َ ْ ُ َ ْ ُ
These/those Muslims ‫الﻤ ﺆ ِﻣ ﻨُ ْﻮ ن‬ ‫أوﻻءك‬ ‫الﻤ ﺆ ِﻣ ﻨُ ْﻮ ن‬ ‫ﻫﺆﻻ ِء‬ B / A
َ ُْ
‫الﻤﺆ ِﻣﻨُ ْﻮن‬ .1

ُ ََْ
َ‫اق الﻜﺘ‬ َ‫اق الﻜﺘ‬ُ ََْ َ ‫اق ال‬ ُ ََْ
these/those pages of the book ‫ﺎب ﺗﻠﻚ‬ ِ ِ ‫أور‬ ‫ﺎب ﻫﺬه‬ ِ ِ ‫أور‬ B / A ‫ﺎب‬
ِ ‫ﻜﺘ‬
ِ ‫ أور‬.2
ُ َ
ُ َ ُ َ ُ َ ُ َ ‫ اﻟﻘ ْﺮ َ�ﺔ‬.3
this/that kind village ‫ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﻘ ْﺮ َ�ﺔ الﻜ ِﺮ�ْ َﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﺬه اﻟﻘ ْﺮ َ�ﺔ الﻜ ِﺮ�ْ َﻤﺔ‬ B / A ُ َ
‫الﻜ ِﺮ�ْ َﻤﺔ‬
ُُ َ ُُ َ ُُ َ
these/those names of theirs ‫أ ْﺳ َﻤﺎؤﻫ َّﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ‬ ‫أ ْﺳ َﻤﺎؤﻫ َّﻦ ﻫﺬه‬ B / A ‫ أ ْﺳ َﻤﺎؤﻫ َّﻦ‬.4
ََ ََ ََ
these/those two pens of his ‫ﻗﻠ َﻤ ُﺎه ذاﻧﻚ‬ ‫ﻗﻠ َﻤ ُﺎه ﻫﺬان‬ B / A ‫ ﻗﻠ َﻤ ُﺎه‬.5

these/those women ُ ‫أوﻻءك اﻟنِّ َﺴ‬


‫ﺎء‬ ُ ‫ﻫﺆﻻء اﻟنِّ َﺴ‬
‫ﺎء‬ B / A ُ ‫ اﻟنِّ َﺴ‬.6
‫ﺎء‬

َ َ
‫ﻗ ْﻮ ُم ُﻬ ْﻢ أوﻻءك‬ ‫ﻗ ْﻮ ُم ُﻬ ْﻢ ﻫﺆﻻء‬
َ
these/those people of theirs B / A ‫ ﻗ ْﻮ ُم ُﻬ ْﻢ‬.7

SECTION 2B – SENTENCE VS FRAGMENT


Determine whether the following are sentences or fragments. Then translate.

َُ َ ُ َ َ
These few words S / F ‫الﻠﻜ َﻤﺎت اﻟﻘ ِﻠﻴْﻠﺔ‬
ِ ‫ ﻫ ِﺬ ِه‬.1
ٌَ َ ٌ َ َ
These are few words. S / F ‫ﻠﻛ َﻤﺎت ﻗ ِﻠﻴْﻠﺔ‬
ِ ِ‫ ﻫ ِﺬه‬.2

‫اﻟﻌ ِﻈﻴْ َﻢ‬


َ ‫ﺎب‬ َ َ‫ إ َّن َﻫ َﺬا الﻜﺘ‬.3
No doubt, this great book S / F ِ ِ
َْ ‫ﻚ‬ َ َ ُ َْ َ
the doors of that new house S / F ‫ﺖ اﺠﻟ َ ِﺪﻳ ْ ِﺪ‬ ِ ‫اﺒﻟﻴ‬ ِ ‫ أﺑﻮاب ذل‬.4
َ َ َ
in this beautiful land of theirs S / F ‫ﻲﻓ أ ْر ِﺿ ِﻬ ْﻢ ﻫ ِﺬ ِه اﺠﻟ َ ِﻤﻴْﻠ ِﺔ‬ ْ ِ .5
َ َ ُ َ
the water of this town S / F ‫ﺎء ﻫ ِﺬهِ اﻟﻘ ْﺮ َ� ِﺔ‬ ‫ ﻣ‬.6

46
ُ ْ َ َ ُ ََْ َ ْ
Those are the old doors of the building. S / F ‫اﺒﻟﻨﺎ ِء اﻟﻘ ِﺪ� َﻤﺔ‬
ِ ‫ ﺗِﻠﻚ أﺑﻮاب‬.7
َ َ ْ ْ َ َ
with this son of mine S / F ‫� ﻫﺬا‬ ِ ‫ ﻣﻊ ِاﺑ‬.8

SECTION 3 – CUMULATIVE PRACTICE

S E C T I O N 3A – D I C T A T I O N AND RECOGNITION
Determine all fragments. If a fragment repeats, write the letter twice. Use the following key.

A. ‫ﺟﺎر و�ﺮور‬ B. ‫ﺣﺮف ﻧﺼﺐ واﺳﻤﻬﺎ‬ C. ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬ D. ‫مﻮﺻﻮف وﺻﻔﺔ‬ E. ‫اﺳﻢ اﺷﺎرة ومﺸﺎر إﻴﻟﻪ‬

T RANSLATION F RAGMENT T YPE F RAGMENT


ُ ْ َ ْ َ
Those (people) are Allah’s group. C ‫ﷲ‬
ِ ‫أوﻻءِك ِﺣﺰب ا‬ .1

َ َ
from this village AE ‫ِﻣ ْﻦ ﻫ ِﺬهِ اﻟﻘ ْﺮ َ� ِﺔ‬ .2

ْ َْ
without knowledge AC ‫� ِﻋﻠ ٍﻢ‬
ِ ‫ﺑِﻐ‬ .3

ُ َ َ َْ
with the names of these AC ‫ﺑِﺄﺳﻤﺎ ِء ﻫﺆﻻ ِء‬ .4

ُ َ َ ْ
Those are the signs of the wise book. CD ‫ﻜﻴْ ِﻢ‬
ِ َ‫ﺎب اﺤﻟ‬
ِ ‫ﺘ‬َ ‫ﺎت الﻜ‬
ِ ‫ﺗِﻠﻚ آﻳ‬ .5

SECTION 3B – FRAGMENT TRANSLATION


Translate the following fragment from English to Arabic. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

َ ْ ‫الﻜﺒ‬َ َْ َ ََْ َ ْ
1. In this big, beautiful town ‫� ِة‬ ِ ‫ﺔ‬
ِ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﻴ‬ ‫ﻤ‬
ِ ‫اﺠﻟ‬ ‫ﺔ‬
ِ �‫ﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﻘ‬ ‫ه‬
ِ ‫ﺬ‬
ِ ‫ﻫ‬ ‫ِﻲﻓ‬
َ ْ ُ َ ْ َّ َ ُ َ ْ ُ
2. that small room of ours ‫�ة ﺗِﻠﻚ‬ ‫ﻏﺮ�ﺘﻨﺎ الﺼ ِﻐ‬
َْ َ َ ََْ ُ َْ ََ
3. on Sulieman’s blue cup ‫ﻰﻠﻋ ﻛﺄ ِس ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎن الﺰرﻗﺎ ِء‬
ََْ َ ْ َ ‫ﻟَ� َّﻦ ُﻏ َﺮ َف‬
4. However, the many rooms of the house ‫�ة‬ ‫ﺖ الﻜ ِﺜ‬ ِ ‫اﺒﻟﻴ‬ ِ
َ‫الﻜﺘُﺐ اﺠﻟَﺪﻳْﺪة‬ ُ َ ْ َ َْ
5. under those new books ِ ِ ِ ‫ﺤﺗﺖ ﺗِﻠﻚ‬

47
CHAPTER 5 PART 1 HOMEWORK
RECOMMENDED VIDEOS

1. Intro to al-Jumla al-Ismiyya

2. al-Jumla al-Ismiyya Part 2

3. Components of al-Jumla al-Ismiyya

SECTION 1 – MEMORIZATION

Memorize the first three lines of the vocabulary from “Chapter 5 Vocab”.

SECTION 2 – TRANSLATION

Mark the breaks in the chain in the following ayaat, underline ‫ﻣﺒﺘﺪأ‬, ‫ﺧﺮﺒ‬, and ‫ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺨﻟﺮﺒ‬then translate.

- religion - mercy ‫ ﻧﻮر‬- light

َ َ ْ َ ْ ِّ َّ ْ ْ ُ ُ َ ْ َ َ ُّ َ َ
‫اﻹ ْﺳﻼ ُم‬
ِ ‫ﷲ‬ِ ‫ ِإن اﺪﻟ�ﻦ ِﻋﻨﺪ ا‬.1 ‫ﺎلﻤﻔ ِﺴ ِﺪ� َﻦ‬ِ‫ ور�ﻚ أﻋﻠﻢ ﺑ‬.2

ُ َ ُ َّ
ٌ ‫� ْﻢ َﻋ ُﺪ ٌّو ُّﻣﺒ‬ َ َ َّ ُ ْ ُ ُ
� ِ ‫ ِإﻧﻪ ﻟ‬.3 ‫ﻮات َواﻷ ْر ِض‬
ِ ‫ اﷲ ﻧﻮر الﺴﻤ‬.4

َ ْ ‫ﺤﺴن‬ ْ ُ َ ٌ ْ َ َ َ ْ َ َّ ِّ ٌََْ
� ِ ِ ‫ﷲ ﻗ ِﺮ�ﺐ ِﻣﻦ الﻤ‬
ِ ‫ ِإن رﻤﺣﺔ ا‬.5 �‫ﻤﺣﺔ ِﻣ ْﻦ َّر‬‫ ﻫﺬا ر‬.6

48
‫‪SECTION 3 – HARAKAAT‬‬

‫‪ on the following sentences, then translate from Arabic to English.‬ﺣﺮ�ت ‪Place ALL‬‬

‫ذلﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﻞ اﷲ ﻋﻠﻴ�ﻢ‬ ‫إن اﺑﻨﻬﺎ الﻜﺒ� ﻲﻓ اﻤﻟﺪﻳﻨﺔ‬

‫ﻫﻢ أﻋﺪاء اﷲ ورﺳﻮﻪﻟ‬ ‫)‪(very‬‬ ‫أﻧﻬﺎر اﻤﻟﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺟﺪا‬

‫اﷲ ر�ﻨﺎ ور��ﻢ‬ ‫ﺧ� اﻷﻋﻤﺎل اﺤﻟﺴﻨﺎت‬

‫‪49‬‬
CHAPTER 5 PART 1 ANSWER KEY

SECTION 2 – TRANSLATION

Mark the breaks in the chain in the following ayaat, underline ‫ﻣﺒﺘﺪأ‬, ‫ﺧﺮﺒ‬, and ‫ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺨﻟﺮﺒ‬then translate.

ٌ - religion ٌََْ
‫دﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻤﺣﺔ‬‫ ر‬- mercy ‫ ﻧﻮر‬- light
‫د‬

َ
‫اﻹ ْﺳﻼ ُم‬
َ ْ َ ْ ِّ َّ ُ ‫ﻚ أَ ْﻋﻠَ ُﻢ ﺑ‬
َ‫ﺎلﻤ ْﻔﺴﺪ ْ�ﻦ‬ َ ُّ َ َ
ِ ‫ﷲ‬ِ ‫ إِن اﺪﻟ�ﻦ ِﻋﻨﺪ ا‬.1 ِ ِ ِ �‫ ور‬.2

Certainly, the religion in the eyes of Allah is Islam. Your Master is more knowing of the corrupters.

ُ َ ُ َّ َ َ َّ ُ ْ ُ ُ
◌ٞ �‫◌ ُّﻣ ِﺒ‬ٞ ‫ ِإﻧﻪ ﻟ� ْﻢ َﻋ ُﺪ ّو‬.3 ‫ﻮات َواﻷ ْر ِض‬
ِ ‫ اﷲ ﻧﻮر الﺴﻤ‬.4

No doubt, he is for you all a clear enemy. Allah is the light of the heavens and the earth.

َ ْ ‫ﺤﺴن‬ ْ ُ َ ٌ ْ َ َ َ ْ َ َّ ِّ ٌََْ
� ِ ِ ‫ﷲ ﻗ ِﺮ�ﺐ ِﻣﻦ الﻤ‬
ِ ‫ ِإن رﻤﺣﺔ ا‬.5 �‫ﻤﺣﺔ ِﻣ ْﻦ َّر‬‫ ﻫﺬا ر‬.6
No doubt, the mercy of Allah is close to those who
That is a mercy from my Master.
excel.

SECTION 3 – HARAKAAT

Place ALL ‫ ﺣﺮ�ت‬on the following sentences, then translate from Arabic to English.

ُ َْ َ
ْ‫�ﻢ‬ ْ َ ْ َ َ َ ْ َ ْ َ ْ َ َ َ ْ َّ
‫ﷲ ﻋﻠﻴ‬ِ ‫ذلِﻚ ِﻣﻦ ﻓﻀ ِﻞ ا‬ ‫ِإن ِا�ﻨﻬﺎ الﻜ ِﺒ� ِﻲﻓ الﻤ ِﺪ�ﻨ ِﺔ‬
That is from the bounty of Allah upon you all. No doubt, her big son is in the city.

ُ‫ﷲ َو َر ُﺳ ْﻮ ُﻪﻟ‬ ُ َ ْ َ ْ ُ ًّ ٌ َ ْ َ َ ْ َ ُ َ ْ َ
ِ ‫ﻫﻢ أﻋﺪاء ا‬ (very) ‫ﺟﺪا‬ِ ‫أ�ﻬﺎر الﻤ ِﺪ�ﻨ ِﺔ ﻋ ِﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬
They are the enemies of Allah and His prophet. The rivers of the city are very great.

ُ َ ُ ُ َ َ َ ْ َ ُْ َ
‫اﷲ َر ُّ�ﻨﺎ َو َر ُّ�� ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺎل اﺤﻟﺴﻨﺎت‬ َ
ِ ‫ﺧ� اﻷ�ﻤ‬
Allah is my Master and y’alls Master. The best of deeds are the good deeds.

50
CHAPTER 5 PART 2 HOMEWORK
RECOMMENDED VIDEOS

1. Review and Drills of al-Jumla al-Ismiyya

SECTION 1 – MEMORIZATION

Memorize the first three lines of the vocabulary from “Chapter 5 Vocab”.

SECTION 2 – TRANSLATION

Mark the breaks in the chain in the following ayaat, underline ‫ﻣﺒﺘﺪأ‬, ‫ﺧﺮﺒ‬, and ‫ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺨﻟﺮﺒ‬then translate.

َ َ
‫ َﻋ ِﻠﻴْ ٌﻢ‬- knowing ‫ ﻧ ِﺬﻳ ْ ٌﺮ‬- warner ‫ ﻗ ِﺪﻳ ْ ٌﺮ‬- capable

ْ
َ ‫اﺤﻟ َ ْﻤ ُﺪ لﻠَّـﻪ َر ّب اﻟْ َﻌﺎلَﻤ‬ َ َّ ُ َ َ ُ َ
� ِ ِ ِ ِ .1 ‫ ﻓﺄوﻟ ٰـ ِﺌﻚ ﻫ ُﻢ اﻟﻈﺎل ِ ُﻤﻮن‬.2

ُ َ ّ
ٌ ‫�ﻢ ِّﻣﻨْ ُﻪ ﻧَ ِﺬ‬ َ َّ َّ
�‫ﻳﺮ ُّﻣ ِﺒ‬ ‫ ِإ ِ� ﻟ‬.3 ٌ ‫ﻴﻢ َﺣﻜ‬
‫ﻴﻢ‬ ِ
ٌ ‫ـﻪ َﻋﻠ‬
ِ ‫ ِإن الﻠ‬.4

َ َ ِّ ُ َ َ َ َّ َٰ ِّ َ َ َُ
‫اﷲ ﻰﻠﻋ ﻞﻛ ﻲﺷ ٍء ﻗ ِﺪﻳْ ٌﺮ‬ ‫ ِإن‬.5 ٍ ‫ ِﻋﻠﻤﻬﺎ ِﻋﻨﺪ ر� ِﻲﻓ ِﻛﺘ‬.6
‫ﺐ‬

51
SECTION 3 – HARAKAAT

Place ALL ‫ ﺣﺮ�ت‬on the following sentences, then translate from Arabic to English.

‫ ﻫﺬا أ�ﺮﺒ ﺑﻨﺎء ﻲﻓ ﻫﺬه اﻟـﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‬.1 ‫ ﻋﻠﻢ ذلﻚ الﺮﺟﻞ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‬.2

‫ إﻧﻬﻦ ﻗﺎدﻣﺎت إﻰﻟ ﺑىﺘﻨﺎ ﻲﻓ الﻠﻴﻞ‬.3 .‫ الﻮﺪﻟ اﻵﻞﻛ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ إﻲﻟ‬.4

‫ أوراق ﻫﺬه الﺸﺠﺮة أ�ﺮﺒ ﻣﻦ أوراق ﺗﻠﻚ الﺸﺠﺮة‬.5

SECTION 4 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

Translate the following English sentences into Arabic, placing all ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬

2. The old mountains are beautiful


1. However, this tree is bigger

4. The slaves of Allah are in the city.


3. Our protective friend is Allah

6. My big brother is with us.


5. Their sisters are sleeping

52
CHAPTER 5 PART 2 ANSWER KEY

SECTION 2 – TRANSLATION

Mark the breaks in the chain in the following ayaat, underline ‫ﻣﺒﺘﺪأ‬, ‫ﺧﺮﺒ‬, and ‫ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺨﻟﺮﺒ‬then translate.

َ َ
‫ َﻋ ِﻠﻴْ ٌﻢ‬- knowing ‫ ﻧ ِﺬﻳ ْ ٌﺮ‬- warner ‫ ﻗ ِﺪﻳ ْ ٌﺮ‬- capable

ْ
َ ‫اﺤﻟ َ ْﻤ ُﺪ لﻠَّـﻪ َر ّب اﻟْ َﻌﺎلَﻤ‬ َ َّ ُ َ َ ُ َ
� ِ ِ ِ ِ .1 ‫ ﻓﺄوﻟ ٰـ ِﺌﻚ ﻫ ُﻢ اﻟﻈﺎل ِ ُﻤﻮن‬.2

Praise is for Allah, the Master of the Worlds. Those people are the wrongdoers.

ُ َ ّ
ٌ ‫�ﻢ ِّﻣﻨْ ُﻪ ﻧَ ِﺬ‬ َ َّ َّ
�‫ﻳﺮ ُّﻣ ِﺒ‬ ‫ ِإ ِ� ﻟ‬.3 ٌ ‫ﻴﻢ َﺣﻜ‬
‫ﻴﻢ‬ ِ
ٌ ‫ـﻪ َﻋﻠ‬
ِ ‫ ِإن الﻠ‬.4

No doubt, I am from Him for you all a clear warner. No doubt, Allah is all knowing and all wise.
َ َ ِّ ُ َ َ َ َّ َٰ ِّ َ َ
‫اﷲ ﻰﻠﻋ ﻞﻛ ﻲﺷ ٍء ﻗ ِﺪﻳْ ٌﺮ‬ ‫ ِإن‬.5 َُ
ٍ ‫ ِﻋﻠﻤﻬﺎ ِﻋﻨﺪ ر� ِﻲﻓ ِﻛﺘ‬.6
‫ﺐ‬

No doubt, Allah is capable over everything. Its knowledge is with my Master in a book.

SECTION 3 – HARAKAAT

Place ALL ‫ ﺣﺮ�ت‬on the following sentences, then translate from Arabic to English.

ْ َ َ َ َ َ ُْ
َ‫اﻟـﻤﺪ ْ�ﻨﺔ‬
ِ ِ
َ ‫ﻲﻓ َﻫﺬه‬ْ َ ُ َ
ِ ِ ِ ‫ ﻫﺬا أ�ﺮﺒ ﺑِﻨﺎ ٍء‬.1 ‫الﺮ ُﺟ ِﻞ َﻋ ِﻈﻴْ ٌﻢ‬
َّ ‫ﻚ‬ ِ ‫ ِﻋﻠﻢ ذل‬.2

This is the biggest building in this city. The knowledge of that man is great.

َّ ْ َ ْ َ َ ٌ َ َ َّ ُ َّ َّ َ ٌ َ ُ ُ ََ
ْ  .‫ﺎﻇﺮ ِإﻲﻟ‬
ِ ‫اﻵﻞﻛ ﻧ‬
ِ ‫ الﻮﺪﻟ‬.4
‫ ِإ�ﻬﻦ ﻗﺎ ِدﻣﺎت ِإﻰﻟ ﺑى ِﺘﻨﺎ ِﻲﻓ الﻠﻴ ِﻞ‬.3
They (f) are coming to our house at night. The eating boy is looking at me.
َّ َ ْ َ ْ ُ َ ْ َ َ َّ َ ُ ََْ
َ‫الﺸ َﺠﺮ ِة‬ ‫اق ﺗِﻠﻚ‬ َ ْ َ
ِ ‫ أوراق ﻫ ِﺬهِ الﺸﺠﺮ ِة أ�ﺮﺒ ِﻣﻦ أور‬.5
The leaves of this tree are bigger than the leaves of that tree.

53
SECTION 4 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

Translate the following English sentences into Arabic, placing all ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬

2. The old mountains are beautiful


1. However, this tree is bigger

ُ َ �ْ َ‫ﺠ َﺮ َة أ‬
‫ﺮﺒ‬
َّ
َ ‫الﺸ‬ َ َّ َ
ِ‫�ﻦ ﻫ ِﺬه‬
ٌَ َ َُْ َ ُ َ
‫ﻤﺟﻴْﻠﺔ‬
ِ ‫ﻟ‬ ِ ‫اﺠﻟﺒﺎل اﻟﻘ ِﺪ�ﻤﺔ‬
ِ
4. The slaves of Allah are in the city.
3. Our protective friend is Allah

ُ ‫َو ِ ُّﻴﻟﻨَﺎ‬ َْ َ ْ ُ َ
‫اﷲ‬ ‫الﻤ ِﺪ�ﻨ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﷲ ِﻲﻓ‬
ِ ‫ِﻋﺒﺎد ا‬
6. My big brother is with us.
5. Their sisters are sleeping

ٌ َ ْ ُ َ ْ َ
‫أﺧﺘُ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﻧﺎﺋِ َﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻲﺧ َﻣ َﻌﻨﺎ‬
ِ‫أ‬

54
CHAPTER 5 PART 3 HOMEWORK
RECOMMENDED VIDEOS

1. Abnormal Sentence Structure

2. Abnormal Sentence Structure Part 2

SECTION 1 – MEMORIZATION

Memorize lines 4-6 of the vocabulary from “Chapter 5 Vocab”.

SECTION 2 – TRANSLATION

Mark the breaks in the chain in the following ayaat, underline ‫ﻣﺒﺘﺪأ‬, ‫ﺧﺮﺒ‬, and ‫ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺨﻟﺮﺒ‬then translate.
َ ٌ ‫ َﻋ َﺬ‬- punishment ٌ َ
‫ أ ْم‬- or ‫اب‬ ‫– ﻗﻮل‬speech/statement

َ َْ ُ ُ َ َ ُ ََْ َُ ْ َ ٰ َ َّ ُ َ ْ ُ َ
‫اﺒﻟﻨُﻮن‬ ‫ أم ﻪﻟ اﺒﻟﻨﺎت وﻟ�ﻢ‬.1 ‫لﺴﻠ ِﻢ ِﻋﻨﺪ َر ِّ� ِﻬ ْﻢ‬ ‫ لﻬﻢ دار ٱ‬.2

َ َ ْ ُ َ َ َّ َّ َ َ َ ‫ﻚ َﻷٓﻳَٰﺖ ﻟِّﻠْ َ ٰﻌﻠﻤ‬


َ ٰ َ َّ
‫اب‬
ِ ‫ وأن الﻠـﻪ ﺷ ِﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻌ‬.3
‫ﺬ‬ � ِِ ٍ ِ ‫ إِن ِﻲﻓ ذل‬.4

َ
‫راﺟ ُﻌ ْﻮن‬ ْ‫ َو�ﻧَّﺎ إ َﻴﻟ‬.6
‫�ﻢ‬
َ ُ َ ُ ْ َ َ ُ َّ ِ ‫ﻪ‬
ِ ِ ِ
ٍ ‫ﻮل ﻛ ِﺮ‬
ٍ ‫ ِإﻧﻪ ﻟﻘﻮل رﺳ‬.5

55
SECTION 3 – HARAKAAT

Place ALL ‫ ﺣﺮ�ت‬on the following sentences, then translate from Arabic to English.

‫ ﻷﺧﺘﻨﺎ ﺟﻨﺔ ﻤﺟﻴﻠﺔ و� اﺠﻟﻨﺔ ﺛﻤﺮات ﻛﺜ�ة‬.1 ‫ ﻲﻓ ﻫﺬه اﻤﻟﺪﻳﻨﺔ رﺟﺎل ﻛﺮﻣﺎء‬.2

‫ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺎب اﻤﻟﺴﺠﺪ أﺧﻮات ﻛﺮ�ﻤﺎت‬.3 ‫ أﻣﺎم ﺑيﺘﻬﺎ اﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﻨﺎء ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬.4

‫ ﺑ� اﺒﻟﺤﺮ�ﻦ ﺟﺒﻞ وﻰﻠﻋ اﺠﻟﺒﻞ دواب‬.5

SECTION 4 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

Translate the following English sentences into Arabic, placing all ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬

2. There are rivers far behind the houses.


1. There are 2 scared creatures in my old room.

4. The mountains are far from us.


3. The biggest garden is in his city.

6. There is great knowledge in this small book.


5. There is a small nation under the sea.

56
CHAPTER 5 PART 3 ANSWER KEY

SECTION 2 – TRANSLATION

Mark the breaks in the chain in the following ayaat, underline ‫ﻣﺒﺘﺪأ‬, ‫ﺧﺮﺒ‬, and ‫ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺨﻟﺮﺒ‬then translate.
َ ٌ ‫ َﻋ َﺬ‬- punishment ٌ َ
‫ أ ْم‬- or ‫اب‬ ‫– ﻗﻮل‬speech/statement

َ َْ ُ ُ َ َ ُ ََْ َُ ْ َ ٰ َ َّ ُ َ ْ ُ َ
‫اﺒﻟﻨُﻮن‬ ‫ أم ﻪﻟ اﺒﻟﻨﺎت وﻟ�ﻢ‬.1 ‫لﺴﻠ ِﻢ ِﻋﻨﺪ َر ِّ� ِﻬ ْﻢ‬ ‫ لﻬﻢ دار ٱ‬.2
Or does He have daughters and you have sons For them is the Home of Peace with their Lord
َ َ ْ ُ َ َ َّ َّ َ َ َ ‫ﻚ َﻷٓﻳَٰﺖ◌ ﻟِّﻠْ َ ٰﻌﻠﻤ‬
َ ٰ َ َّ
‫اب‬
ِ ‫ وأن الﻠـﻪ ﺷ ِﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻌ‬.3
‫ﺬ‬ � ِِ ٖ ِ ‫ ِإن ِﻲﻓ ذل‬.4

And that Allah is severe in punishment. Certainly in that are signs for those with knowledge
َ
‫راﺟ ُﻌ ْﻮن‬ ْ َ َّ َ
‫�ﻢ‬
َ ُ َ ُ ْ َ َ ُ َّ ِ ‫ و ِ�ﻧﺎ إِﻴﻟ ِﻪ‬.6
ٍ ‫ﻮل ﻛ ِﺮ‬
ٍ ‫ إِﻧﻪ ﻟﻘﻮل رﺳ‬.5

Certainly it is a statement of a noble messenger And certainly to Him we are returning.

57
SECTION 3 – HARAKAAT

Place ALL ‫ ﺣﺮ�ت‬on the following sentences, then translate from Arabic to English.

‫ ﻷﺧﺘﻨﺎ ﺟﻨﺔ ﻤﺟﻴﻠﺔ و� اﺠﻟﻨﺔ ﺛﻤﺮات ﻛﺜ�ة‬.1 ‫ ﻲﻓ ﻫﺬه اﻤﻟﺪﻳﻨﺔ رﺟﺎل ﻛﺮﻣﺎء‬.2
ٌ َ ْ َ ٌ َ َ َ َّ َ ْ ْ َ ٌ َ ْ َ ٌ َّ َ َ ْ ُ َ ‫الﻤ ِﺪ ْ�ﻨَ ِﺔ ر َﺟ ٌﺎل‬
ُ ‫ﻛﺮ َﻣ‬ َ ‫ﻲﻓ َﻫﺬه‬
‫ﻤﺟﻴﻠﺔ و ِﻲﻓ اﺠﻟﻨ ِﺔ �ﻤﺮات ﻛ ِﺜ�ة‬ ِ ‫ِﻷﺧ ِﺘﻨﺎ ﺟﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺎء‬ ِ ِِ

‫ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺎب اﻤﻟﺴﺠﺪ أﺧﻮات ﻛﺮ�ﻤﺎت‬.3 ‫ أﻣﺎم ﺑيﺘﻬﺎ اﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﻨﺎء ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬.4
ٌ َ َ ٌ ََ َ َ َ َْ ٌْ َ ٌ َ ْ َ َ َْ َ ََ
‫ﺎب اﻤﻟ ْﺴ ِﺠ ِﺪ أﺧﻮات ﻛ ِﺮ�ﻤﺎت‬
ِ ‫ِﻋﻨﺪ ﺑ‬ ‫أﻣﺎم ﺑي ِﺘﻬﺎ اﻟﻘ ِﺪﻳ ِﻢ ﺑِﻨﺎء ﺟ ِﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺑ� اﺒﻟﺤﺮ�ﻦ ﺟﺒﻞ و ﻰﻠﻋ اﺠﻟﺒﻞ دواب‬.5
ََ َ ٌَ َ ْ َ ْ َْ َ َْ
ٌّ ‫ﻰﻠﻋ اﺠﻟَﺒَﻞ َد َو‬
‫اب‬ ِ ‫�� اﺒﻟﺤﺮ� ِﻦ ﺟﺒﻞ و‬

SECTION 4 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

Translate the following English sentences into Arabic, placing all ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬

2. There are rivers far behind the houses.


1. There are 2 scared creatures in my old room.

َ َ َ َ‫ﻳﻤﺔ َد َّا�ﺘ‬
َ َ َُْ ٌ‫اﺒﻟﻴُﻮت أَ ْ� َﻬﺎر‬ َ ََ
‫ﺎن‬
ِ ‫ﺎن ﺧﺎءِ�ﺘ‬
ِ ِ ‫ِﻲﻓ ﻏﺮﻓ ِﻲﺘ اﻟﻘ ِﺪ‬ ِ ُ ‫وراء‬
4. The mountains are far from us.
3. The biggest garden is in his city.

َْ َ َ ْ ُ ُ َّ َّ ٌ َ ُ
ِ‫اﺠﻟَﻨﺔ الﻜﺮﺒى ِﻲﻓ ﻣ ِﺪ�ﻨ ِﺔه‬ ‫اﺠﻟﺒَﺎل ﺑَ ِﻌﻴﺪة ِﻣﻨﺎ‬
ِ
6. There is great knowledge in this small book.
5. There is a small nation under the sea.

ْ َْ َ َْ
ُ ‫ﺤﺮ ﻗَ ْﻮ ٌم ُﺻ َﻐ َﺮ‬ ٌ ‫ﻠﻢ َﻋﻈ‬
ٌ ‫الﺼﻐ� ﻋ‬َّ ‫ﻲﻓ َﻫﺬه الﻜﺘَﺎب‬
‫اء‬ ِ ‫ﺤﺗﺖ اﺒﻟ‬ ‫ﻴﻢ‬ ِ ِ ِ ِ ِ ِ ِِ ِ

58
CHAPTER 5 PART 4 HOMEWORK
RECOMMENDED VIDEOS

1. Complex Sentences

SECTION 1 – MEMORIZATION

Finish memorizing chapter 5 vocabulary.

ْ َ
‫ – ُﻣﻔ ِﻠ ٌﺢ‬successful one ‫ – أ ِﻴﻟْ ٌﻢ‬painful ٌّ ‫– ُﻣ ْﻄ َﻤ‬satisfied/content
‫ﻦﺌ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺣ ٌﺮ‬ َ
ِ ‫ ﺳ‬- magician

SECTION 2 – RECOGNITION AND TRANSLATION

Translate the following ayaat into English and label ‫ﻣﺒﺘﺪأ‬, ‫ﺧﺮﺒ‬, and ‫ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺨﻟﺮﺒ‬. If the ‫ ﺧﺮﺒ‬contains a‫ ﻤﺟﻠﺔ اﺳﻤﻴﺔ‬,
mark the entire ‫ ﻤﺟﻠﺔ‬contained within the ‫ ﺧﺮﺒ‬as the ‫ﺧﺮﺒ‬

َ ُ ْ ُْ ُ ُ َ َٰ َُ ُ ‫الﺮ ِﺣ‬ ُ ‫ﻚ ل َ ُﻬ َﻮ اﻟْ َﻌﺰ‬


َّ ‫�ﺰ‬ َ َّ َ َّ َ
‫ﺤﻮن‬ ‫وأوﻟـﺌِﻚ ﻫﻢ الﻤﻔ ِﻠ‬ .1 ‫ﻴﻢ‬ ِ �‫ و ِ�ن ر‬.2

ٌ‫اب أَﻴﻟﻢ‬ َ َٰ َُ
ٌ ‫ﻚ ل َ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﻋ َﺬ‬ ٌ ‫ إ َّن َﻫ ٰـ َﺬا ل َ َﺴﺎﺣ ٌﺮ َﻋﻠ‬.4
ِ ِ‫وأوﻟـﺌ‬ .3 ‫ﻴﻢ‬ ِ ِ ِ

‫ﺎن‬ َ ْ ‫ﻦﺌ ﺑ‬
ٌّ َ ْ ُ ُ ُ ْ َ َ
ِ ‫ﺎﻹﻳﻤ‬
ِ ِ ِ ‫ وﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻣﻄﻤ‬.5

59
SECTION 3 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

Translate the following sentences from English to Arabic. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

1. Are the weak children sleeping under the tree? 2. Her father has two strong sons.

3. Certainly, the rivers of my new village are very pure. 4. I am going to the masjid and she is coming with me.

5. However, his 2 wise sons are worshipping in Mecca. 6. I have a big family. They are returning to Dallas.

60
CHAPTER 5 PART 4 ANSWER KEY

ْ َ
‫ – ُﻣﻔ ِﻠ ٌﺢ‬successful one ‫ – أ ِﻴﻟْ ٌﻢ‬painful ٌّ ‫– ُﻣ ْﻄ َﻤ‬satisfied/content
‫ﻦﺌ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺣ ٌﺮ‬ َ
ِ ‫ ﺳ‬- magician

SECTION 2 – RECOGNITION AND TRANSLATION

Translate the following ayaat into English and label ‫ﻣﺒﺘﺪأ‬, ‫ﺧﺮﺒ‬, and ‫ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺨﻟﺮﺒ‬. If the ‫ ﺧﺮﺒ‬contains a‫ ﻤﺟﻠﺔ اﺳﻤﻴﺔ‬,
mark the entire ‫ ﻤﺟﻠﺔ‬contained within the ‫ ﺧﺮﺒ‬as the ‫ﺧﺮﺒ‬

َ ُ ْ ُْ ُ ُ َ َٰ َُ ُ ‫الﺮ ِﺣ‬ ُ ‫ﻚ ل َ ُﻬ َﻮ اﻟْ َﻌﺰ‬


َّ ‫�ﺰ‬ َ َّ َ َّ َ
‫ﺤﻮن‬ ‫ وأوﻟـﺌِﻚ ﻫﻢ الﻤﻔ ِﻠ‬.1 ‫ﻴﻢ‬ ِ �‫ و ِ�ن ر‬.2

And those are the successful ones. And certainly your Lord is the Mighty, the Merciful.

ٌ‫اب أَﻴﻟﻢ‬ َ َٰ َُ
ٌ ‫ﻚ ل َ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﻋ َﺬ‬ ٌ ‫ إ َّن َﻫ ٰـ َﺬا ل َ َﺴﺎﺣ ٌﺮ َﻋﻠ‬.4
ِ ِ‫وأوﻟـﺌ‬ .3 ‫ﻴﻢ‬ ِ ِ ِ

And those have a painful punishment Certainly this is a knowledgeable sorceror

‫ﺎن‬ َ ْ ‫ﻦﺌ ﺑ‬
ٌّ َ ْ ُ ُ ُ ْ َ َ
ِ ‫ﺎﻹﻳﻤ‬
ِ ِ ِ ‫ وﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻣﻄﻤ‬.5
And his heart is secure with belief.

SECTION 3 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

Translate the following sentences from English to Arabic. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

1. Are the weak children sleeping under the tree? 2. Her father has two strong sons.
َّ َ ْ َ َ ْ ُ َ ُ َ َ ُّ ُ َ ْ َ
َ ‫الﺸ‬ َ َّ َ َ‫ﻷ�ﻴْ َﻬﺎ ْا�ﻨ‬
‫ﺠ َﺮ ِة‬ ‫ﻫ ِﻞ اﻷوﻻد الﻀﻌﻔﺎء ﻧﺎﺋِﻤﻮن ﺤﺗﺖ‬ ‫ﺎن‬
ِ �‫ﺎن ﻗ ِﻮ‬
ِ ِ ِ

3. Certainly, the rivers of my new village are very pure. 4. I am going to the masjid and she is coming with me.

ًّ ٌ َ َ َ ْ َ َّ ٌ َ َ َ ْ َ َ ٌ َ ََ
‫ﺎر ﻗ ْﺮ َ� ِﻲﺘ اﺠﻟ َ ِﺪﻳْ َﺪةِ َﻃﻴِّﺒَﺔ ِﺟﺪا‬‫ِإن أ�ﻬ‬ ‫� ﻗﺎ ِد َﻣﺔ َﻣ ِﻲﻌ‬ِ ‫أﻧﺎ ذا ِﻫﺐ ِإﻰﻟ الﻤﺴ ِﺠ ِﺪ و‬

5. However, his 2 wise sons are worshipping in Mecca. 6. I have a big family. They are returning to Dallas.
َ َّ
‫ان ِﻲﻓ َﻣﻜﺔ‬ َ َ ْ ‫ﻟَ� َّﻦ َو َ َﺪﻟﻳْﻪ اﺤﻟَﻜﻴْ َﻤ‬ َ َ َ َ
‫اﺟ ُﻌ ْﻮن ِإﻰﻟ دال َﺲ‬ َ ْ ُ ٌْ َ ٌ ْ َ
ِ ‫� ﺎﻋﺑِﺪ‬
ِ ِ ِ ِ ِ ‫ ﻫﻢ ر‬. �‫ِﻲﻟ أﻫﻞ ﻛ ِﺒ‬

61
CHAPTER 6 PART 1 HOMEWORK
RECOMMENDED VIDEOS

1. Introduction to al-F`il al-Madhi

2. Continuation of al-F`il al-Madhi

3. al-F`il al-Madhi Drills

4. al-Fa`il

SECTION 1 – MEMORIZATION

Memorize the first column of the ‫ أﻓﻌﺎل‬on pg. 66-67 of your textbook. (From ‫ ﺳﺄل‬to ‫)اﻣﺘﺤﻦ‬.

SECTION 2 – PRONOUN IDENTIFICATION

Identify the pronouns in the following ‫أﻓﻌﺎل‬.

َْ ْ َّ ْ َََ
‫ ُﻋﺪﻧﺎ‬.1 ‫ َﻋﻠﻤﺘُ ْﻢ‬.2 ‫ أ ﻓ ﻠﺖ‬. 3

ُ ْ ‫ ﺟﺌ‬. 4 ُْ ََ
‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫ ﻗﻠ َﻦ‬.5 ‫ أ�ﻴَﺎ‬.6

ُ ‫ ا ْﺳﺘَ َﻘ‬.7 َ َّ َ َ َ َ
‫ﺎم ْﻮا‬ ِ ‫ �ﺘَﻔﻘﺪ‬.8 ‫ ﺧﺎ�ﺘَﺎ‬.9

‫ﺖ‬
ََْ َّ ُ ْ‫ ا َّ� َﻘﻴ‬.11 َ ْ‫ َﺳﺄَﻟ‬.12
ِ ‫ أ�ﻴ‬.10 ‫ﻦﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ‬

SECTION 3 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

a) Translate the following ‫ أﻓﻌﺎل‬from English to Arabic. Write BOTH the pronoun and the ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬.

1. Both of them asked 2. She knew

3. We warned 4. They entered

5. I mentioned 6. You created

7. You (f) read 8. Both of them (f) ate

62
9. They (f) looked 10. All of you learned

11. All of you (f) taught 12. Both of you protected

13. Both of you (f) wrote 14. All of you (f) studied

b) Circle I for inside doer and O for outside doer, then translate. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

1. The Muslims wrote I / O

2. We ate I / O

3. The nation returned I / O

4. They read I / O

5. The man taught I / O

6. The children studied I / O

7. Both of you sent I / O

8. You all protected I / O

9. The two Muslimas (f) taught I / O

10. Both of them (f) taught I / O

63
CHAPTER 6 PART 1 ANSWER KEY
SECTION 2 – PRONOUN IDENTIFICATION

Identify the pronouns in the following ‫أﻓﻌﺎل‬.

َْ
‫� ُﻦ‬
َْ
‫ ُﻋﺪﻧﺎ‬.1 ْ‫أَ ْ�ﺘُﻢ‬ ْ َّ
‫ َﻋﻠﻤﺘُ ْﻢ‬.2 َ ِ

ْ َََ
‫ أ ﻓ ﻠﺖ‬. 3
َ ُ ْ ‫ ﺟﺌ‬. 4 ُْ ُ َ‫ أَ َ�ﻴﺎ‬.6
‫أﻧﺎ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ
َّ
‫ﻫﻦ‬ ‫ ﻗﻠ َﻦ‬.5 ‫ﻫ َﻤﺎ‬
ُ ُ ‫ ا ْﺳﺘَ َﻘ‬.7 ُ َ َّ َ َ ُ َ َ
‫ﻫ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺎم ْﻮا‬ ِ ‫ﻫ َﻮ‬ ‫ �ﺘَﻔﻘﺪ‬.8 (f)‫ﻫ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫ ﺧﺎ�ﺘَﺎ‬.9

‫ﺖ‬
َْ ََْ َّ ُ �ْ َ‫أ‬ َّ ُ ْ‫ ا َّ� َﻘﻴ‬.11 َ ْ‫أَﻧ‬ َ ْ‫ َﺳﺄَﻟ‬.12
ِ ‫أﻧ‬ ‫ﺖ‬
ِ ‫ أ�ﻴ‬.10 ‫ﻦﺘ‬ ‫ﻦﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﺖ‬

SECTION 3 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

a) Translate the following ‫ أﻓﻌﺎل‬from English to Arabic. Write BOTH the pronoun and the ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬.

ََ ْ
1. Both of them asked
‫ﻫﻤﺎ ﺳﺄﻻ‬ 2. She knew
‫� َﻋ ِﻠ َﻤﺖ‬
ْ َ ُ َ َ
3. We warned
‫�ﻦ د َرﺳﻨﺎ‬ 4. They entered
‫ﻫﻢ دﺧﻠ ْﻮا‬
ُ َ َ َ ‫أﻧﺖ َﺧﻠَ ْﻘ‬
َ
5. I mentioned
‫أﻧﺎ ذﻛ ْﺮت‬ 6. You created
‫ﺖ‬
ْ َ ََ َ
7. You (f) read
‫أﻧﺖ ﻗ َﺮأ ِت‬
ِ
8. Both of them (f) ate
‫ﻫﻤﺎ أ�ﻠﺘﺎ‬
َ ََ ْ َّ َ
9. They (f) looked
‫ﻫﻦ �ﻈ ْﺮن‬ 10. All of you learned
‫أﻧﺘﻢ � َﻌﻠﻤﺘُ ْﻢ‬
11. All of you (f) taught َّ ُ ‫أﻧﻦﺘ َﻋﻠَّ ْﻤ‬
‫ﻦﺘ‬ 12. Both of you protected ْ
‫أﻧﺘﻤﺎ َﺣ ِﻔﻈﺘُﻤﺎ‬
ْ َ َّ ُ ‫أﻧﻦﺘ َد َر ْﺳ‬
13. Both of you (f) wrote
‫أﻧﺘﻤﺎ ﻛﺘَبﺘُﻤﺎ‬ 14. All of you (f) studied
‫ﻦﺘ‬

b) Circle I for inside doer and O for outside doer, then translate. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

1. The Muslims wrote I / O َ


‫الﻤ ْﺴ ِﻠ ُﻤ ْﻮن‬
ُ ‫ﺐ‬ َ َ‫َﻛﺘ‬

2. We ate I / O َْ َ
‫أ�ﻠﻨﺎ‬

64
َ
3. The nation returned I / O
‫َر َﺟ َﻊ اﻟﻘ ْﻮ ُم‬
4. They read I / O ْ‫ﻗَ َﺮأُوا‬/‫ﻗَ َﺮ ُؤ ْوا‬
ُ َّ َ َّ َ
5. The man taught I / O
‫الﺮ ُﺟﻞ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻢ‬
ُ َ َ
6. The children studied I / O
‫د َر َس اﻷ ْوﻻد‬
ْ َ
7. Both of you sent I / O
‫أ ْر َﺳﻠﺘُ َﻤﺎ‬
ْ
8. You all protected I / O
‫َﺣ ِﻔﻈﺘُ ْﻢ‬
9. The two Muslimas (f) taught I / O
‫ﺎن‬َ‫الﻤ ْﺴﻠ َﻤﺘ‬ ُ ‫َﻋﻠَّ َﻤﺖ‬
ِ ِ ِ
َّ
10. Both of them (f) taught I / O
‫َﻋﻠ َﻤﺘﺎ‬

65
CHAPTER 6 PART 2 HOMEWORK
RECOMMENDED VIDEOS

1. Pronouns Attached to F`ils

2. Pronoun Status Review

3. al-Maf`ul

4. Components of al-Jumla al-F`iliyya

SECTION 1 – MEMORIZATION

Review your vocabulary and memorize the ‘time periods’ on pg. 66 of the textbook.

SECTION 2 – RECOGNITION

Underline the ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬once, the ‫ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬twice, and the ‫ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬/‫ ﻣﻔﻌﻮل‬three times. If the ‫ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬is an inside pronoun,
write the pronoun above the ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬. Translate the ayah.

ْ َ َّ َ
‫ ِﺳﺠ ٌﻦ‬- prison ‫ ﺑَﺪل‬- exchange ‫ – � ًﻰﺘ‬youth

‫ﺎن‬ َ َ َ َ ْ ِّ ُ َ َ َ َ َ َ ُ َّ َ َ َ
‫ َودﺧﻞ َﺟﻨﺘَﻪ‬.2
ِ ‫ ودﺧﻞ ﻣﻌﻪ الﺴﺠﻦ �ﺘﻴ‬.1
________________________________ ________________________________
َ َْْ َ َ َ َّ ُ َّ َ َ َ ََ ِّ َ َ َ َ ْ َّ َ
…‫ات واﻷرض‬ ِ ‫ ﺧﻠﻖ الﻠـﻪ الﺴﻤﺎو‬.3 ‫الﺴيﺌَ ِﺔ اﺤﻟ َ َﺴﻨﺔ‬ ‫ ﺑﺪﻨﻟﺎ ﻣﺎﻜن‬.4
________________________________ ________________________________
ْ َُْ َ َ ََ َ َ َ ْ َ ْ َ َ ُ َّ َ َ َ َ
‫ ﻗﺎل مﻮﻰﺳ ِﻟﻘﻮ ِﻣ ِﻪ‬.5 ‫ﺤﻟﻜﻤﺔ‬
ِ ‫ﻜﺘﺎب وا‬ِ ‫ وأﻧﺰل الﻠـﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ اﻟ‬.6
________________________________ ________________________________

SECTION 3 – PRONOUNS

Translate from English to Arabic. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

1. We asked them 2. All of you taught


(f) both of them (f)

66
3. She looked at us 4. They (f) helped all
of you
5. He created you 6. All of you (f)
learned it

Translate from English to Arabic. Be sure to specify number and gender in your translations.
ُ َ َ َ َْ َ َ
1. ‫ذﻛ ْﺮ� َﻬﺎ‬ 2. ‫أ�ﻠﻨﺎﻫﺎ‬

ُْ َ ْ َ
3. ‫ﻛﺘَبَﺘﻪ‬ 4. ُ‫ﻛﺘَبﺘُ ُﻤ ْﻮه‬

َ ُ َ َّ
5. ‫د َر َﺳﺘَ ُﺎه‬ 6. ‫َﻋﻠ ْﻤﻨﺎﻫ َّﻦ‬

SECTION 4 – HARAKAAT

Place the ‫ ﺣﺮ�ت‬on the following sentence then translate.

‫ درﺳﺘﻢ الﻜﺘﺎب اﺠﻟﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﻮﻣﻴﺎ‬.1


‫ ﻗﺮأ الﻮﺪﻟ ﻲﻓ ذلﻚ اﻤﻟﺴﺠﺪ‬.2
‫ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ اﻷم أوﻻدﻫﺎ‬.3
‫ ذﻫﺒﻮا إﻰﻟ أرض أﺑﺎﺋﻬﻢ أمﺲ‬.4
‫ رﺟﻌﺖ اﺒﻟﻨﺖ إﻰﻟ اﻤﻟﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻳﻮم اﺠﻟﻤﻌﺔ‬.5
�‫ دﺧﻠﻨﺎ ﺑﻴﺖ أﻫ‬.6

67
SECTION 5 – TRANSLATION

Circle I for inside doer and O for outside doer, then translate. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

1. We read that old book. I / O

2. Those men left their town I / O

3. I taught my little sister. I / O

4. Her companion asked them. I / O

5. He knew their secrets. I / O

6. Our family went to Dallas. I / O

68
CHAPTER 6 PART 2 ANSWER KEY

SECTION 2 – RECOGNITION

Underline the ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬once, the ‫ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬twice, and the ‫ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬/‫ ﻣﻔﻌﻮل‬three times. If the ‫ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬is an inside pronoun,
write the pronoun above the ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬.

ْ ِّ ُ َ َ َ َ َ َ
َ‫ﺠ َﻦ َ�ﺘَﻴ‬ ُ َّ َ َ َ
‫ﺎن‬
ِ ‫ودﺧﻞ ﻣﻌﻪ الﺴ‬ .1 ‫َودﺧﻞ َﺟﻨﺘَﻪ‬ .2
ُ
‫ﻫ َﻮ‬
Two youth entered the prison with him. He entered his garden.
َ َْْ َ ُ َّ َ َ َ ََ ِّ َ َ َ َ ْ َّ َ
‫ات واﻷرض‬ ِ
َ ‫الﺴ َﻤ‬
‫ﺎو‬ َّ ‫ـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻖ الﻠ‬ .3 ‫الﺴيﺌَ ِﺔ اﺤﻟ َ َﺴﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻨﻟﺎ ﻣﺎﻜن‬ .4
َْ
‫� ُﻦ‬
We exchanged the place of the bad deed with a
Allah created the heavens and the earth. good deed.
ْ ‫ﻗَ َﺎل ُم ْﻮ َﻰﺳ ﻟ‬ ََ َ َ َ ْ َ ْ َ َ ُ َّ َ َ َ َ
‫ﻘﻮ ِﻣ ِﻪ‬ ِ .5 ‫ﺤﻟﻜﻤﺔ‬
ِ ‫ﻜﺘﺎب وا‬ِ ‫وأﻧﺰل الﻠـﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ اﻟ‬ .6

Musa said to his people. Allah send the book and wisdom upon you.

SECTION 3 – PRONOUNS
ُ َْ ُ َّ
1. We asked them (f) ‫َﺳﺄﻨﻟَﺎﻫ َّﻦ‬ 2. All of you taught ‫َﻋﻠ ْﻤﺘُ ُﻤ ْﻮﻫ َﻤﺎ‬
both of them (f)
3. She looked at me َّ َ ‫ت إ‬
‫ﻲﻟ‬
ْ َ ََ 4. They (f) helped all of َْ َ َ
‫ﺮﺼ�ﺘُ ْﻢ‬
ِ ‫�ﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﻧ‬
you
َ ََ َ ُ َّ َّ َ
5. He created you ‫ﺧﻠﻘﻚ‬ 6. All of you (f) learned ‫� َﻌﻠ ْﻤﺘُﻨﻪ‬
it

ُ َ َ َ َْ َ َ
I mentioned it 1. ‫ذﻛ ْﺮ� َﻬﺎ‬ we ate it 2. ‫أ�ﻠﻨﺎﻫﺎ‬
ُْ َ ْ َ
she wrote it 3. ‫ﻛﺘَبَﺘﻪ‬ you all wrote it 4. ُ‫ﻛﺘَبﺘُ ُﻤ ْﻮه‬
َ ُ َ َّ
both of them (f) studied it 5. ‫د َر َﺳﺘَ ُﺎه‬ we taught them (f) 6. ‫َﻋﻠ ْﻤﻨﺎﻫ َّﻦ‬

69
SECTION 4 – HARAKAAT

Place the ‫ ﺣﺮ�ت‬on the following sentence then translate.

You all studied the new book daily. َ َ َ‫ َد َر ْﺳﺘُ ُﻢ الﻜﺘ‬.1


‫ﺎب اﺠﻟ َ ِﺪﻳْﺪ ﻳَ ْﻮ ِﻣ ًّﻴﺎ‬ ِ
The students studied at that library. ْ َ َ َ ْ َُ َ ََ َ
‫ ﻗﺮأ الﻮﺪﻟ ِﻲﻓ ذلِﻚ الﻤﺴ ِﺠ ِﺪ‬.2

The mother taught her children. َ َ َ ْ َ ُّ ُ َ َّ َ


‫ﺖ اﻷم أوﻻدﻫﺎ‬ ِ ‫ ﻋﻠﻤ‬.3
َْ َ َ َ َ
They travelled to the country of their parents
‫ ذﻫﺒُ ْﻮا ِإﻰﻟ أ ْر ِض آﺑَﺎﺋِ ِﻬ ْﻢ أم ِﺲ‬.4
yesterday.

The girl returned to the city on Friday.


‫ﻮم اﺠﻟُ ُﻤ َﻌ ِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺖ إ َﻰﻟ‬
َ َ‫الﻤﺪ ْ�ﻨَﺔ ﻳ‬ ُ ْ ‫ َر َﺟ َﻌﺖ‬.5
ِ ِ ِ ‫اﺒﻟﻨ‬
ِ ِ
َ َ َْ َْ َ َ
We entered my family’s house. ْ ‫ﺖ أ ْﻫ‬
� ‫ دﺧﻠﻨﺎ �ﻴ‬.6
ِ

SECTION 5 – TRANSLATION

Circle I for inside doer and O for outside doer, then translate. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

1. We read that old book. I / O َ‫اﻟﻘ ِﺪ ْ�ﻢ‬


َ َ َ َ َ َََْ
‫ﻜﺘﺎب‬ ِ ‫ﻗﺮأﻧﺎ ذلِﻚ ال‬
َ ُ ِّ َ َ ْ ُ َ َ َ
2. Those men left their town. I / O
‫الﺮ َﺟﺎل ِﻣ ْﻦ ﻗ ْﺮ َ� ِﺘ ُﻬ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺧﺮج أوﻻءِك‬
3. I taught my little sister. I / O َ َ َّ ْ ْ ُ ُ ْ َّ َ
‫�ة‬ ِ ‫ﻋﻠﻤﺖ أﺧ ِﻲﺘ الﺼ ِﻐ‬
4. Her companion asked them. I / O َ‫َﺳﺄَل َ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﺻﺎﺣﺒُﻬﺎ‬
ِ
5. He knew their secrets. I / O ْ‫ار ُﻫﻢ‬
َ ‫ﺮﺳ‬ َ ْ َ‫َﻋﻠ َﻢ أ‬
ِ
َ‫� إ َﻰﻟ َدالَﺲ‬ َ َ َ َ
6. Our family went to Dallas. I / O ِْ ‫ﺐ أ ْﻫ‬ ‫ذﻫ‬
ِ

70
CHAPTER 6 PART 3 HOMEWORK

RECOMMENDED VIDEOS

1. Order of al-Jumla al-F`iliyya

SECTION 1 – MEMORIZATION

Memorize the second column of ‫ أﻓﻌﺎل‬from pg. 66 (from ‫ ﻗﺮأ‬to ‫ )اﺳﺘﻤﻊ‬and memorize the days of the week.

SECTION 2 – RECOGNITION

Underline the ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬once, the ‫ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬twice, and the ‫ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬/‫ ﻣﻔﻌﻮل‬three times. If the ‫ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬is an inside pronoun,
write the pronoun above the ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬. Then translate the ayah.

َّ َّ
‫ أﻧﻔﺲ‬- self ‫ ﺳﻠﻄﺎن‬- authority ‫ – ِا�ﺒَ َﻊ‬to follow ‫ – ِمﻠﺔ‬group

َ ٰ َّ َ ُ َّ ْ ُ َ َ ُ َ ٰٓ َ ْ ٓ ُ َ َ َ ً ٓ َ َ ٰ َ َّ ْ َ َْ ٰ ٰ َّ ُ َ َ َ
٦٤ ‫ﻰﻟ أﻧﻔ ِﺴ ِﻬ ْﻢ �ﻘﺎل ٓﻮا ِإﻧ� ْﻢ أﻧﺘُ ُﻢ ٱﻟﻈ ِﻠ ُﻤﻮن‬ ‫ ﻓﺮﺟﻌﻮا ِإ‬.1 ‫لﺴ َﻤ َﻮ ِت َوٱﻷ ْرض ﺑِﺎﺤﻟ َ ِّﻖ ۚ◌ ِإن ِﻲﻓ ذلِﻚ ﻷﻳَﺔ‬‫ ﺧﻠﻖ ٱﷲ ٱ‬.2
٤٤ �َ ‫ﻟِّﻠْ ُﻤ ْﺆﻣﻨ‬
ِِ

َ ُ ٰ َ ُ َ َ َ ٰ َ ُ َ ْ َ ْ َ َّ ُ
ُّ ‫ون ﺑَٔﺎﻳَٰتﻨَﺎ َو ُﺳﻠْ َ ٰﻄﻦ‬ ٓ ‫ﺖ ِمﻠَّ َﺔ َءاﺑَﺎٓء‬
ُ ‫ َوٱ َّ�ﺒَ ْﻌ‬.4
٤٥ � ‫ﺒ‬‫ﻣ‬
ٍ ِ ٍ ِ ِ ‫ �ﻢ أرﺳﻠﻨﺎ مﻮﻰﺳ وأﺧﺎه ﻫﺮ‬.3 ٣٨ … ‫ِي‬

71
SECTION 3 – TRANSLATION

Circle I for inside doer and O for outside doer, then translate. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

1. The children went to the masjid I / O


yesterday and they studied for
their exam.
2. She looked at the river before I / O
Fajr.

3. His children listened carefully to I / O


their mother.

4. Maryam and her sister I / O


memorized the Quran in a year.

5. Their companions remember I / O


them daily. They are noble.

6. His son entered my house and I / O


ate my son’s food.

72
CHAPTER 6 PART 3 ANSWER KEY
SECTION 2 – RECOGNITION

Underline the ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬once, the ‫ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬twice, and the ‫ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬/‫ ﻣﻔﻌﻮل‬three times. If the ‫ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬is an inside pronoun,
write the pronoun above the ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬. Then translate the ayah.

َّ َّ
‫ أﻧﻔﺲ‬- self ‫ ﺳﻠﻄﺎن‬- authority ‫ – ِا�ﺒَ َﻊ‬to follow ‫ – ِمﻠﺔ‬group

َ ٰ َّ َ ُ َّ ْ ُ َ َ ُ َ ٰٓ َ ْ ٓ ُ َ َ َ ً ٓ َ َ ٰ َ َّ ْ َ َْ ٰ ٰ َّ ُ َ َ َ
٦٤ ‫ﻰﻟ أﻧﻔ ِﺴ ِﻬ ْﻢ �ﻘﺎل ٓﻮا إِﻧ� ْﻢ أﻧﺘُ ُﻢ ٱﻟﻈ ِﻠ ُﻤﻮن‬ ِ‫ ﻓﺮﺟﻌﻮا إ‬.1 ‫لﺴ َﻤ َﻮ ِت َوٱﻷ ْرض ﺑِﺎﺤﻟ َ ِّﻖ ۚ◌ إِن ِﻲﻓ ذلِﻚ ﻷﻳَﺔ‬‫ ﺧﻠﻖ ٱﷲ ٱ‬.2
٤٤ �َ ‫ﻟِّﻠْ ُﻤ ْﺆﻣﻨ‬
ِِ
Then they returned to themselves, then they said, Allah created the skies and the earth with purpose.
“Certainly you all are the wrong-doers.” Certainly in that are signs for the believers.
ُّ ٰ َ ْ ُ َ َ ٰ َ َ ُ ٰ َ ُ َ َ َ ٰ َ ُ َ ْ َ ْ َ َّ ُ ٓ ‫ﺖ ِمﻠَّ َﺔ َءاﺑَﺎٓء‬
ُ ‫ َوٱ َّ�ﺒَ ْﻌ‬.4
٤٥ �
ٍ ‫ �ﻢ أرﺳﻠﻨﺎ مﻮﻰﺳ وأﺧﺎه ﻫﺮون َٔﺑِﺎﻳتِﻨﺎ وﺳﻠﻄ ٍﻦ ﻣ ِﺒ‬.3 ٣٨ … ‫ِي‬

And I followed the creed of my fathers.


Then We sent Musa and his brother Harun with Our signs
and a clear authority.

SECTION 3 – TRANSLATION

Circle I for inside doer and O for outside doer, then translate. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

1. The children went to the masjid I / O َ ‫الﻤ ْﺴﺠﺪ أَمﺲ َو َد َر ُﺳ ْﻮا ﻻ ْﻣﺘ‬
ْ‫ﺤﺎﻧﻬﻢ‬ َ َ َ َ
َ ‫اﻷ ْو َﻻ ُد إ َﻰﻟ‬ ‫ذﻫﺐ‬
yesterday and they studied for
ِِ ِ ِ ِ ِ ِ ِ
their exam.
ْ َ َ َ َ َّ َ ْ َ َ َ
2. She looked at the river before I / O ‫ﻬﺮ �ﺒْﻞ َﺻﻼ ِة اﻟﻔﺠ ِﺮ‬
ِ ‫�ﻈﺮت ِإﻰﻟ اﻨﻟ‬
Fajr.

ُ ُ َ َ
3. His children listened carefully to I / O ‫اﺳﺘَ َﻤ َﻊ أ ْوﻻد ُه ِﻷ ِّم ِﻬ ْﻢ‬
ْ
their mother.

َ ْ َ ْ ُ َُ ْ َُ ُ َْ َ ْ َ َ
4. Maryam and her sister I / O ‫ﻲﻓ َﺳﻨ ٍﺔ‬
ِ ‫ﺣ ِﻔﻈﺖ مﺮ�ﻢ وأﺧﺘﻬﺎ اﻟﻘﺮآن‬
memorized the Quran in a year.

73
5. Their companions remember I / O ُ ‫ ُﻫ ْﻢ ُﻛ َﺮ َﻣ‬.‫ﺎ� ُﻬ ْﻢ ﻳَ ْﻮ ِﻣ ًّﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺎء‬ ُ ‫ﺤ‬َ ‫َذ َﻛ َﺮ ُﻫ ْﻢ أَ ْﺻ‬
them daily. They are noble.

َ َ َ َ َ َ ْ ْ َ ُ َُ َ َ َ َ
6. His son entered my house and I / O ‫ﺪﻟ ْي‬
ِ ‫ﻲﺘ َوأ�ﻞ َﻃﻌﺎم َو‬
ِ ‫دﺧﻞ وﺪﻟه ﺑي‬
ate my son’s food.

74
CHAPTER 6 PART 4 HOMEWORK
RECOMMENDED VIDEOS

1. al-Jumla al-Ismiyya VS al-Jumla al-F`iliyya

SECTION 1 – MEMORIZATION

Memorize the remainder of the vocabulary for the chapter.

SECTION 2 – RECOGNITION

Circle JI for ‫ ﻤﺟﻠﺔ اﺳﻤﻴﺔ‬or JF for ‫ﻤﺟﻠﺔ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬, or both if it is both then underline accordingly. Then translate the
ayah.
َ ََْ ٌ ‫ – ﺗُ َﺮ‬dust َ َّ َ َ َ
‫ – أ�ﺸﺄ‬to create ‫اب‬ �‫—ﺗ َﻮ‬to put one’s trust in ‫ – أ َّول‬earlier

َ ْ ُ ٓ َ ُّ َ ْ ُ ُّ َ َ َ َ ُ َ ََْ ُ ُ ْ ْ ُ ََ َ ُ َ
َ ‫ﻷ َّوﻟ‬
� ِ ‫ ﻗﺎل ر��ﻢ َورب َءاﺑﺎﺋِ� ُﻢ ٱ‬.1 ‫ ﻫ َﻮ أ�ﺸﺄ� ْﻢ ِﻣ َﻦ اﻷ ْر ِض‬.2 ‫ﺮاب‬
ٍ ‫ واﷲ ﺧﻠﻘ�ﻢ ِﻣﻦ ﺗ‬.3

JI JF JI JF JI JF

ْ َْ ٰ ٰ َّ ُ ْ َ َ
‫لﺴ َﻤ َﻮ ِت َوٱﻷر ِض‬ ‫ ﺨﻟﻠﻖ ٱ‬.6
ُ ُ ْ َ ْ َ َ ُ َّ ْ َّ َ َ ْ َ
‫ ِإﻧ� ْﻢ ﻇﻠﻤﺘُ ْﻢ أ�ﻔ َﺴ� ْﻢ‬.4 ‫ َﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗ َﻮ�ﻨﺎ‬.5 َّ ْ َ ْ َُْ َ
…‫ﺎس‬ ِ ‫أ�ﺮﺒ ِﻣﻦ ﺧﻠ ِﻖ ٱﻨﻟ‬

JI JF JI JF JI JF

SECTION 3 – HARAKAAT

Place the ‫ ﺣﺮ�ت‬on the following sentence then translate.

75
‫ﻫﻞ ذﻫﺐ أﻫﻞ اﻤﻟﺪﻳﻨﺔ إﻰﻟ اﺠﻟﺒﻞ أمﺲ؟‬

‫ﻛﺘﺒﺖ ذلﻚ الﺮﺟﻞ ﻛﺘﺒﺎ ﻛﺜ�ة ﻋﻦ اﻹﺳﻼم‬

‫أﺧﺖ أ� أﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ و لﻜﻨﻬﺎ أﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬

‫ﻲﻓ ﺟﻨﺔ أ� أﺷﺠﺎر ﻛﺒ�ة‬

‫ﻫﻞ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎب أم ﻣﻦ أﺳﺘﺎذ؟‬

SECTION 4 – TRANSLATION

Translate the following sentences as both ‫ ﻤﺟﻠﺔ اﺳﻤﻴﺔ‬and ‫ﻤﺟﻠﺔ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬.

1. Abdullah and Ahmed read the


nahw book daily.

2. Ayesha protected her little


brother from the angry
creature.

3. The enemies protected their


beautiful gardens.

4. He taught me the book. We are


overjoyed.

76
CHAPTER 6 PART 4 ANSWER KEY

SECTION 2 – RECOGNITION

Circle JI for ‫ ﻤﺟﻠﺔ اﺳﻤﻴﺔ‬or JF for ‫ﻤﺟﻠﺔ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬, or both if it is both then underline accordingly. Then translate the
ayah.
َ ََْ ٌ ‫ – ﺗُ َﺮ‬dust َ َّ َ َ َ
‫ – أ�ﺸﺄ‬to create ‫اب‬ �‫—ﺗ َﻮ‬to put one’s trust in ‫ – أ َّول‬earlier

ُ ََ َ ُ َ
َ ْ ُ ُ ٓ َ ُّ َ ْ ُ ُّ َ َ َ
َ�‫ﻷ َّوﻟ‬ ْ َ َ ْ ُ َ ََْ َ ُ ‫اﷲ )ﺧﻠﻘ� ْﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ و‬.3
ِ ‫ ﻗﺎل ر��ﻢ َورب َءاﺑﺎﺋِ�ﻢ ٱ‬.1 (‫ ﻫﻮ )أ�ﺸﺄ�ﻢ ِﻣﻦ اﻷر ِض‬.2 ُ
(‫ﺮاب‬
ٍ ‫ﺗ‬
JI JF JI JF JI JF
He said, “Your Master and the Master of HE brought you all into being from
ALLAH created you all from dust.
your forefathers (lit., earliest fathers).” the earth.

ْ َْ ٰ ٰ َّ ُ ْ َ َ
‫لﺴ َﻤ َﻮ ِت َوٱﻷر ِض‬ ‫ ﺨﻟﻠﻖ ٱ‬.6
ُ ُ ْ َ ْ َ َ ُ َّ ْ َّ َ َ ْ َ
(‫ ِإﻧ� ْﻢ )ﻇﻠﻤﺘُ ْﻢ أ�ﻔ َﺴ� ْﻢ‬.4 ‫ َﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗ َﻮ�ﻨﺎ‬.5 َّ ْ َ ْ َُْ َ
…‫ﺎس‬ ِ ‫أ�ﺮﺒ ِﻣﻦ ﺧﻠ ِﻖ ٱﻨﻟ‬

JI JF JI JF JI JF
Certainly, the creation of the skies
No doubt, you all wronged yourselves. Upon You alone we put our trust. and the earth is greater than the
creation of the people.

77
SECTION 3 – HARAKAAT

Place the ‫ ﺣﺮ�ت‬on the following sentence then translate.

Did the people of the city go to the mountains yesterday? ْ َ ََ َ َ ْ َ ُ ْ َ َ َ َ ْ َ


‫ﻫﻞ ذﻫﺐ أﻫﻞ الﻤ ِﺪ�ﻨ ِﺔ ِإﻰﻟ اﺠﻟﺒ ِﻞ أم ِﺲ؟‬
That man wrote many books about Islam. َ ْ َ ْ ‫الﺮ ُﺟ ُﻞ ُﻛ ُﺘﺒًﺎ َﻛﺜ‬
َ ‫� ًة‬ َّ ‫ﻚ‬ َ َ َ ََ
ِ‫اﻹﺳﻼم‬ ِ ِ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻋ‬ ِ ِ ‫ﻛﺘﺐ ذل‬
My mother's sister is more knowledgeable than her, but َ‫� أَ ْﻋﻠَ ُﻢ ﻣﻨْ َﻬﺎ َوﻟَﻜ َّﻨ َﻬﺎ أَ ْﺻ َﻐ ُﺮ ﻣﻨْﻬﺎ‬
ْ ِّ ُ‫ﺖ أ‬ ْ ُ
ُ ‫ﺧ‬ ‫أ‬
she is younger than her. ِ ِ ِ
There are many trees in my mother's garden. ٌ َ ْ َ ٌ َ ْ َ ْ ِّ ُ َّ َ ْ
‫ِﻲﻓ ﺟﻨ ِﺔ أ� أﺷﺠﺎر ﻛ ِﺒ�ة‬
Did you learn from a book or from a teacher? َ ْ ُ ْ ْ َ َ َ ْ َ ْ َّ َ َ ْ َ
‫ﺎب أم ِﻣﻦ أﺳﺘﺎ ٍذ؟‬ ٍ ‫ﻫﻞ �ﻌﻠﻤﺖ ِﻣﻦ ﻛﺘ‬
SECTION 4 – TRANSLATION

Translate the following sentences as both ‫ ﻤﺟﻠﺔ اﺳﻤﻴﺔ‬and ‫ﻤﺟﻠﺔ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬.

َّ ُ ْ َ َ َ ُ َ ْ َ َ
ٍْ‫ﻞﻛ ﻳَﻮم‬ َُْ َ
1. Abdullah and Ahmed read the
nahw book daily.
ِ ‫ﻗ َﺮأ �ﺒﺪ ا‬
‫ﷲ وأﻤﺣﺪ ِﻛﺘﺎب اﻨﻟﺤ ِﻮ‬
َّ ُ ْ َّ َ َ َ َ ُ َ ْ َ َ َُْ
ٍ‫اﻨﻟﺤ ِﻮ ﻞﻛ ﻳَ ْﻮم‬ ‫ﷲ وأﻤﺣﺪ ﻗﺮآ ِﻛﺘﺎب‬ ِ ‫�ﺒﺪ ا‬
َ َّ َّ َ َ َ َ ْ َ َ ُ َ َ
2. Ayesha protected her little
‫ﺎﺿﺒَ ِﺔ‬
ِ ‫اﻟﻐ‬ ‫ﺎﻋ�ِﺸﺔ ﺣ ِﻔﻈﺖ أﺧﺎﻫﺎ ِﻣﻦ اﺪﻟاﺑ ِﺔ‬
َ َّ َّ َ َ َ َ َ ُ َ َ ْ َ َ
brother from the angry
creature. َ‫اﻟﻐﺎﺿﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﺣ ِﻔﻈﺖ ﺎﻋ�ِﺸﺔ أﺧﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ اﺪﻟاﺑ ِﺔ‬
ِ ِ

3. The enemies protected their َ َ ْ َ ْ ُ َ َّ َ ُ َ ْ َ َ َ


‫ﺣ ِﻔﻆ اﻷﻋﺪاء ﺟﻨﺘﻬﻢ اﺠﻟ ِﻤﻴﻠﺔ‬
َ َ ْ َ ْ ُ َ َّ َ ُ َ ُ َ ْ َ
beautiful gardens.
‫اﻷﻋﺪاء ﺣ ِﻔﻈﻮا ﺟﻨﺘﻬﻢ اﺠﻟ ِﻤﻴﻠﺔ‬
َ َ َْ َ َ ْ ‫ُﻫ َﻮ َﻋﻠَّ َﻤ‬
4. He taught me the book. We are
‫ � ُﻦ ﻓ ِﺮ ُﺣ ْﻮن‬.‫ﺎب‬ ‫ﻜﺘ‬
ِ ‫� ال‬ ِ
overjoyed.
َ ْ ُ َ
‫ �ﻦ ﻓ ِﺮﺣﻮن‬.‫ﻜﺘﺎب‬ َ َ
ِ ‫� ال‬ ْ ‫َﻋﻠَّ َﻤ‬
ِ

78
CHAPTER 7 PART 1 HOMEWORK
RECOMMENDED VIDEOS

1. al-F`il al-Mudhar`i

2. Recognizing al-F`il al-Mudhar`i Drills

3. al-F`il al-Mudhar`i Table

SECTION 1 – MEMORIZATION

Memorize all three words from the first column of the ‫ أﻓﻌﺎل‬in Chapter 7.

SECTION 2 – ARABIC TO ENGLISH TRANSLATION

Determine whether the following ‫ أﻓﻌﺎل‬are past or present then translate. Specify number and gender. Write
all possible answers.

ْ
‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع‬
ُ َْ
‫ �� ُﻢ‬.7 ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع‬ َ‫ ﺗَﺄ ُ�ﻠْﻦ‬.8

َّ َ َ َْ
‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع‬ ‫ ﻛﺬ ْ�ﺘُ ْﻢ‬.9 ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع‬ ‫ﺎن‬
ِ ‫�ﻈ ِﻠﻤ‬.10
ُ ‫ َ� ْﻌﻠَ ُﻢ‬.11 ُ ْ ُ
‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع‬ ‫اﷲ‬ ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع‬ ‫أ� ِﻤﻞ‬.12

َ ْ ُ ْ َُ
‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع‬ ‫ﻳَﺄﺧﺬن‬.13 ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع‬ ‫� َ ْﺴﺄل‬.14
َّ َ ُ َّ َ
‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع‬ ‫�ﺘَ َﻌﻠ ُﻢ‬.15 ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع‬ ‫ذﻛ ْﺮ� َّﻦ‬.16

Place ALL ‫ ﺣﺮ�ت‬then translate from Arabic to English.

‫ �ﻔﻆ اﻷوﻻد الﻠﻜﻤﺎت اﺠﻟﺪﻳﺪة ﻞﻛ ﻳﻮم‬.1

79
‫ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮن ﻞﻛ اﻴﻟﻮم و�ﻌﺪ ذلﻚ ﻳﺬﻫﺒﻮن إﻰﻟ ﺑﻴﻮﺗﻬﻢ‬.2

‫ دﺧﻠﻨﺎ ﺟﻨﺘﻚ أمﺲ وﺗﺮ�ﻨﺎ ﻛﺘبﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬.3

SECTION 3 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

c) Translate the following ‫ أﻓﻌﺎل‬from English to Arabic. Write BOTH the pronoun and the ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬.

7. We want/intend 8. All of you leave

9. She believes 10. They (f) know

11. I advise 12. All of you (f)


remember
13. Both of them attend 14. All of you
reside/settle
15. You (f) drink 16. They affirm

d) Translate from English to Arabic. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.


1. Your companion oppressed me. He took my pen.

2. They work in the building but we work in the garden.

3. Ahmed and Zaid reside near the masjid. Both of them go to the masjid every day.

4. That nation oppresses the weak nation.

80
CHAPTER 7 PART 1 ANSWER KEY

SECTION 2 – ARABIC TO ENGLISH TRANSLATION

Determine whether the following ‫ أﻓﻌﺎل‬are past or present then translate. Specify number and gender. Write
all possible answers.

ْ
He judges ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع‬
ُ َْ
‫ �� ُﻢ‬.1 You all (F) eat ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع‬ َ‫ ﺗَﺄ ُ�ﻠْﻦ‬.2

َّ َ َ َْ
‫ ﻛﺬ ْ�ﺘُ ْﻢ‬.3
Both of them
You all denied ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع‬ ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع‬ ‫ﺎن‬
ِ ‫ �ﻈ ِﻠﻤ‬.4
oppress
ُ ‫ َ� ْﻌﻠَ ُﻢ‬.5 ُ ْ ُ
Allah knows ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع‬ ‫اﷲ‬ I complete ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع‬ ‫ أ� ِﻤﻞ‬.6

َ ْ ُ ْ َُ
They (F) take ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع‬ ‫ ﻳَﺄﺧﺬن‬.7 He asks ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع‬ ‫ � َ ْﺴﺄل‬.8
َّ َ ُ َّ َ
She/you learn ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع‬ ‫ �ﺘَ َﻌﻠ ُﻢ‬.9 You all (F) remember ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع‬ ‫ ذﻛ ْﺮ� َّﻦ‬.10

Place ALL ‫ ﺣﺮ�ت‬then translate from Arabic to English.

ُّ ُ َ ْ َ
ٍْ‫ﻞﻛ ﻳَﻮم‬ َ َ ُ ََْ ُ ََْ
‫ﺎت اﺠﻟ ِﺪﻳﺪ ِة‬
ِ ‫الﻠﻜﻤ‬
ِ ‫ �ﻔﻆ اﻷوﻻد‬.1
The children memorize the new words every day.

َ َ َ ْ َ َ ْ َّ ُ َ ُ ْ َ
‫ �ﻌ َﻤﻠ ْﻮن ﻞﻛ اﻴﻟَ ْﻮمِ َو َ�ﻌ َﺪ ذلِﻚ ﻳَﺬﻫﺒُ ْﻮن ِإﻰﻟ ُ�ﻴُ ْﻮﺗِ ِﻬ ْﻢ‬.2
They work all day and after that they go to their houses.

َ‫ﻚ أَ ْمﺲ َوﺗَ َﺮ ْ�ﻨَﺎ ُﻛﺘُبَ َﻨﺎ �ﻴْﻬﺎ‬


َ َ َّ َ َ ْ َ َ
‫ دﺧﻠﻨﺎ ﺟﻨﺘ‬.3
ِ ِ
We entered your garden yesterday and we forgot our books in it.

81
SECTION 3 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

e) Translate the following ‫ أﻓﻌﺎل‬from English to Arabic. Write BOTH the pronoun and the ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬.

ُ ‫َ�ْ ُﻦ ﻧُﺮ‬ َ َْ َْ
1. We want/intend ‫�ﺪ‬ ِ 2. All of you leave ‫أ�ﺘُ ْﻢ ﺨﺗ ُﺮ ُﺟ ْﻮن‬

ُْ َ ْ َْ ُ
3. She believes ‫� ﺗﺆ ِﻣ ُﻦ‬ ِ 4. They (f) know ‫ﻫ َّﻦ �ﻌ َﻤﻠ َﻦ‬

َْ ََ َ َّ َ َ َّ ُ ْ َ
5. I advise ‫أﻧﺎ أﻧ َﺼ ُﺢ‬ 6. All of you (f) ‫ﻦﺘ �ﺘَﺬﻛ ْﺮن‬ �‫أ‬
remember
َ ُ َْ َ ُ َ ُ َ َْ
7. Both of them attend ‫ان‬
ِ ‫ﻫﻤﺎ �ﺮﻀ‬ 8. All of you ‫أ�ﺘُ ْﻢ � ْﺴﻜﻨُ ْﻮن‬
reside/settle
9. You (f) drink ‫ب‬ َ ْ َ � ‫أَﻧْﺖ‬
ُ ‫ﺮﺸ‬ 10. They affirm َ ُ َّ ُ
‫ﻫ ْﻢ َﺻﺪﻗ ْﻮن‬
ِ

f) Translate from English to Arabic. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

1. Your companion oppressed me. He took my pen.


َ َ ُ َ ََ َ
ْ ِ َ‫ أ َﺧ َﺬ ﻗَﻠ‬.‫ﻚ‬
� ‫ﺎﺣﺒ‬ ْ ‫ﻇﻠﻤ‬
ِ ‫�ﺻ‬ ِ

2. They work in the building but we work in the garden.

َّ ْ ُ َ ْ َ َ َّ َ َ َ ْ َ ْ ُ َ ْ َ
‫ﻲﻓ اﺠﻟَﻨ ِﺔ‬
ِ ‫ﻜﻨﻨﺎ �ﻌﻠﻢ‬
ِ ‫اﺒﻟﻨﺎ ِء و ﻟ‬
ِ ‫�ﻌﻤﻠﻮن ِﻲﻓ‬

3. Ahmed and Zaid reside near the masjid. Both of them go to the masjid every day.

َ ‫الﻤ ْﺴﺠﺪ و ﻳَ ْﺬ َﻫﺒَﺎن إ َﻰﻟ‬


‫الﻤ ْﺴ ِﺠ ِﺪ ﻳَ ْﻮ ِﻣ ًّﻴﺎ‬ َ ْ َ‫� ُﻦ أ‬
َ ‫ﻤﺣ ُﺪ َو َز�ْ ٌﺪ ﻋﻨْ َﺪ‬ ُ َْ
‫�ﺴ‬
ِ ِ ِ ِ ِ

4. That nation oppresses the weak nation.

ُّ َ ْ َ ُ ْ َ َ َ ُ ُ ْ َ
َ ‫الﻀ َﻌ َﻔ‬
‫ﺎء‬ ‫�ﻈ ِﻠﻢ أوﻻءِك اﻟﻘﻮم اﻟﻘﻮم‬

82
CHAPTER 7 PART 2 HOMEWORK
RECOMMENDED VIDEOS

1. Light and Lightest in al-F`il al-Mudhar`i

2. Light Huruf for Mudhar`i

3. Quran Examples of Light Huruf for Mudhar`i

4. Lightest Huruf for Mudhar`i

SECTION 1 – MEMORIZATION

Review the ‫ أﻓﻌﺎل‬that you memorized yesterday and memorize the ‫ أﺳﻤﺎء‬on pg. 80 of your textbook.

SECTION 2 – QURAN TRANSLATION

Translate the following ayaat using the word bank below.

َُْ ََ َ ُ ‫ﺮﺒ ﻳَ ْﺼ‬


‫ُﺳ ْﻮ ٌء‬ ‫َم َّﺲ � َﻤ ُّﺲ‬ َ َ ‫َﺻ‬
to
‫�ﻔﺎ �ﻌﻔﻮ‬ harm to touch to tolerate (‫ﺮﺒ )ﻰﻠﻋ‬
ِ
forgive
َْ َ to lighten ُ ِّ َ ُ َ َّ َ ُُ ٌ َْ َ ْ َ
to leave (‫ﺧ َﺮ َج ﺨﺑ ُﺮ ُج ) ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ (‫ﺧﻔﻒ �ﻔﻒ )ﻋﻦ‬ heart ‫ﺐ ﻗﻠ ْﻮ ٌب‬ ‫ﻗﻠ‬ to pardon ‫َﺻﻔ َﺢ ﻳَﺼﻔ ُﺢ‬
a load

‫واﺣ ٍﺪ‬ َ ََ َ ْ َ ْ َ
ِ ٍ‫ ﻟﻦ ﻧﺼ ِﺮﺒ ﻰﻠﻋ ﻃﻌﺎم‬.1

َ َ
‫ ل ْﻢ � ْﻤ َﺴ ْﺴ ُﻬ ْﻢ ُﺳ ْﻮ ٌء‬.2

ْ‫ َو ْﻴﻟَ ْﻌ ُﻔ ْﻮا َو ْﻴﻟَ ْﺼ َﻔ ُﺤﻮا‬.3

ُ ُُ ُ ُ ْ َ َّ َ َ
‫اﻹﻳْﻤﺎن ِﻲﻓ ﻗﻠ ْﻮ�ِ� ْﻢ‬
ِ ِ ‫ ولﻤﺎ ﻳﺪ‬.4
‫ﻞ‬ ‫ﺧ‬

ُ ْ َ َ ِّ َ ُ ْ َ ُ ُ ْ ُ
ْ‫�ﻢ‬ ‫ ﻳ ِﺮ�ﺪ اﷲ أن �ﻔﻒ �ﻨ‬.5

83
ْ َْ َ ُ َْ َ
‫ ﻟ ْﻦ ﻧﺪﺧﻠ َﻬﺎ َﺣ َّﻰﺘ � ُﺮ ُﺟ ْﻮا ِﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬.6

SECTION 3 – HARAKAAT

Place ALL ‫ ﺣﺮ�ت‬then translate from Arabic to English.

‫ ﻟﻦ أﻧﺼﺤ�ﻢ ﻷﻧ�ﻢ لﻢ �ﺴﺘﻤﻌﻮا ﻲﻟ‬.1

‫ أراد ﺻﻼح اﺪﻟﻳﻦ أن �ﺮج لﻠﺤﺮب ﻣﻊ أﺧﻴﻪ ولﻜﻨﻪ لﻢ �ﺮج‬.2

‫ ﻟﻦ أﺗ�ﻠﻢ ﻣﻌ�ﻢ ﺣﻰﺘ ﺗ�ﻤﻠﻮا ﻋﻤﻠ�ﻢ‬.3

SECTION 4 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

Translate from English to Arabic. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

1. You all have not exited the big black building yet.

2. We should learn Qur’an and we should mention Allah.

3. The children wanted to read their new books, but they did not read them.

4. You (F) will not leave the house until you (f) complete your work.

84
CHAPTER 7 PART 2 ANSWER KEY

SECTION 2 – QURAN TRANSLATION

Translate the following ayaat using the word bank below.

َُْ ََ َ ُ ْ َ ََ َ
‫ُﺳ ْﻮ ٌء‬ ‫َم َّﺲ � َﻤ ُّﺲ‬
to
‫�ﻔﺎ �ﻌﻔﻮ‬ harm to touch to tolerate (‫ﺻﺮﺒ ﻳﺼ ِﺮﺒ )ﻰﻠﻋ‬
forgive
َْ َ to lighten ُ ِّ َ ُ َ َّ َ ُُ ٌ َْ َ ْ َ
to leave (‫ﺧ َﺮ َج ﺨﺑ ُﺮ ُج ) ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ (‫ﺧﻔﻒ �ﻔﻒ )ﻋﻦ‬ heart ‫ﺐ ﻗﻠ ْﻮ ٌب‬ ‫ﻗﻠ‬ to pardon ‫َﺻﻔ َﺢ ﻳَﺼﻔ ُﺢ‬
a load

ََ َ ْ َ ْ َ
َ ‫ﻰﻠﻋ‬
‫واﺣ ٍﺪ‬
ِ ٍ‫ﻌﺎم‬ ‫ﻃ‬ ‫ ﻟﻦ ﻧﺼ ِﺮﺒ‬.1
‫ �ﻦ‬:‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬ We will not be patient with one food
‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻨﺼﻮب‬
َ َ
‫ ل ْﻢ � ْﻤ َﺴ ْﺴ ُﻬ ْﻢ ُﺳ ْﻮ ٌء‬.2
ٌ ‫ ُﺳ‬:‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬
‫ﻮء‬ Harm did not touch them.
‫ﻓﻌﻞ �ﺰوم‬
ْ‫ َو ْﻴﻟَ ْﻌ ُﻔ ْﻮا َو ْﻴﻟَ ْﺼ َﻔ ُﺤﻮا‬.3
‫ ﻫﻢ‬:‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬ And they should forgive and pardon.
‫ﻓﻌﻞ �ﺰوم‬
ُ ُُ ُ ُ ْ َ َّ َ َ
‫اﻹﻳْﻤﺎن ِﻲﻓ ﻗﻠ ْﻮ�ِ� ْﻢ‬
ِ ِ ‫ ولﻤﺎ ﻳﺪ‬.4
‫ﻞ‬ ‫ﺧ‬
ُ ْ
‫اﻹ� َﻤﺎن‬
ِ :‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬ Faith has not yet entered into your hearts.
‫ﻓﻌﻞ �ﺰوم‬
ُ ْ َ َ ِّ َ ُ ْ َ ُ ُ ْ ُ
ْ‫�ﻢ‬ ‫ ﻳ ِﺮ�ﺪ اﷲ أن �ﻔﻒ �ﻨ‬.5
ُ :‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬
‫اﷲ‬ Allah wants to lighten the load for you all.
‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻨﺼﻮب‬
ْ َْ َ ُ َْ َ
‫ ﻟ ْﻦ ﻧﺪﺧﻠ َﻬﺎ َﺣ َّﻰﺘ � ُﺮ ُﺟ ْﻮا ِﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬.6
‫ �ﻦ و ﻫﻢ‬:‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬ We will not enter it until they leave it.
‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻨﺼﻮب‬

85
SECTION 3 – HARAKAAT

Place ALL ‫ ﺣﺮ�ت‬then translate from Arabic to English.

ُ َ ْ َ ْ َ ْ ُ َّ َ ْ ُ َ َ ْ َ ْ َ
‫ ﻟﻦ أﻧﺼﺤ�ﻢ ِﻷﻧ�ﻢ لﻢ �ﺴﺘ ِﻤﻌﻮا ِﻲﻟ‬.1
I will not advise you all because you all did not listen to me.

ْ ُ ْ َ ْ َ ُ َّ َ َ ْ َ َ َ ْ َ ْ َ ُ ْ َ ْ َ ِّ ُ َ َ َ َ َ
‫ﻜﻨﻪ لﻢ �ﺮج‬ ِ ‫ﻳﻦ أن �ﺮج لِﻠﺤﺮ ِب ﻣﻊ أ ِﺧﻴ ِﻪ وﻟ‬
ِ ‫ أراد ﺻﻼح اﺪﻟ‬.2
Salahuddin wanted to leave for the war with his brother, but he did not leave.

ُ َ َ َ ُ ْ ُ َّ َ ْ ُ َ َ َ َّ َ َ َ ْ َ
ْ‫�ﻢ‬ ‫ ﻟﻦ أﺗ�ﻠﻢ ﻣﻌ�ﻢ ﺣﻰﺘ ﺗ� ِﻤﻠﻮا �ﻤﻠ‬.3
I will not speak with you all until you all finish your work.

SECTION 4 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

Translate from English to Arabic. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

1. You all have not exited the big black building yet.

َ َ ْ َ ‫ل َ َّﻤﺎ َﺨﺗْ ُﺮ ُﺟﻮا ﻣ َﻦ‬



ِ ‫اﺒﻟﻨﺎ ِء اﻷﺳﻮ ِد الﻜ ِﺒ‬
ِ ِ

2. We should learn Qur’an and we should mention Allah.

َ ُ َّ َ َ َ
َ ‫ﺮآن و ﻨﻟَ ْﺬ ُﻛﺮ‬
‫اﷲ‬ ِ ‫ِﻨﻟﺘﻌﻠ ِﻢ اﻟﻘ‬

3. The children wanted to read their new books, but they did not read them.

ُ َْ َ َ ْ َُُ ُ ُ َْ ْ َ ُ ََْ َ ََ
‫�ﻦ ل ْﻢ �ﻘ َﺮؤوﻫﺎ‬
ِ ‫أراد اﻷوﻻد أن �ﻘ َﺮؤوا الﻜﺘﺒﻬﻢ َو ﻟ‬

4. You (F) will not leave the house until you (f) complete your work.

َ َ ْ ُ ْ َ َْ ْ َ
‫ﺖ َﺣ َّﻰﺘ ﺗ� ِﻤ ِ� � َﻤﻠ ِﻚ‬
ِ ‫ﻟﻦ ﺨﺗ ُﺮ ِﻲﺟ ِﻣﻦ اﺒﻟَﻴ‬

86
CHAPTER 7 PART 3 HOMEWORK

RECOMMENDED VIDEOS

1. Introduction to Commanding and Forbidding

2. Making Commands

SECTION 1 – MEMORIZATION

Memorize vocabulary.

SECTION 2 – QURAN TRANSLATION

Translate the following ayaat using the word bank below. Label ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬, ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬, and ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل‬.

ْ ِّ َُْ ََ َّ َ �ُ ‫ﻳَﺎ‬
‫اﺬﻟﻛ ِﺮ‬ َ� remembrance ‫�ﻈ َﺮ – �ﻨﻈ ُﺮ‬ to look � oh my beloved son
َُ َ ْ ٍّ ُ
(‫ �ﻘ ُّﺺ )ﻰﻠﻋ‬- ‫ﻗ َّﺺ‬ to relate ‫ُرؤ َ�ﺎ‬ vision, dream ‫أف‬ uff (expression of exasperation)
َْ َ ٌ َ َ
‫ �ﻨ َﻬ ُﺮ‬- ‫� َﻬ َﺮ‬ to brush off ‫ﻗ ْﻮل‬ speech, word, saying ‫ﻛ ِﺮ�ْ ٌﻢ‬ noble

ْ ِّ َ ْ َ ْ ُ َ ْ َ
...‫ﻓﺎﺳﺄلﻮا أﻫﻞ اﺬﻟﻛ ِﺮ‬... .1

ْ ََ ْ ْ َّ َ َ َ ُ ْ ُ
...‫ ا�ﻈ ْﺮ ﻛﻴْﻒ ﻓﻀﻠ َﻨﺎ َ�ﻌ َﻀ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﻰﻠﻋ َ�ﻌ ٍﺾ‬.2

َ ْ ٰٓ َ َ َ َ ْ ُ ْ ُ ْ َ َ َّ َ ُ ٰ َ َ َ
... ‫ﻰﻠﻋ ِإﺧ َﻮﺗِﻚ‬ ‫ ﻗﺎل ﻳب� ﻻ �ﻘﺼﺺ رءﻳﺎك‬.3

َّ ُ ْ ٰ ُ ْ َ
٣٠ ‫ َوٱدﺧ ِ� َﺟﻨ ِﻲﺘ‬٢٩ ‫ فٱدﺧ ِ� ِﻲﻓ ِﻋﺒَ ِﺪي‬.4

87
ً َ ً ْ َ َ ُ َّ ُ َ َ ُ ْ َ ْ َ َ َ ّ ُ ٓ َ ُ َّ ُ َ َ َ
٢٣ ‫ … ﻓﻼ �ﻘﻞ لﻬﻤﺎ أ ٍف وﻻ �ﻨﻬﺮﻫﻤﺎ وﻗﻞ لﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﻮﻻ ﻛ ِﺮ�ﻤﺎ‬.5

َّ َ ْ ُ ُ َْ ْ َ َ ْ ُْ ُ
...‫ﺎر‬
ِ ‫ ﻳ ِﺮ�ﺪون أن �ﺮﺟﻮا ِﻣﻦ اﻨﻟ‬.6

SECTION 3 – HARAKAAT

Place ALL ‫ ﺣﺮ�ت‬then translate from Arabic to English. Specify number and gender.

.�‫ ﻻ �ﺴﺘﻤﻌﻮا ﻗﻮل اﻟﻈﺎﻤﻟ‬.1

‫ اﻧﺼﺤﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎلﺼﻼة وذﻛﺮ�ﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﷲ‬.2

.‫ أﻧﺎ ﻗﺎدم ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬.‫ اﻧﺘﻈﺮ� ﻲﻓ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﻘﺮ�ﺔ الﺼﻐ�ة‬.3

.‫ أر�ﺪ أن أﺳ�ﻦ ﻲﻓ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻗﺮ�ﺐ ﻣﻦ اﺒﻟﺤﺮ‬.4

SECTION 4 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

Translate from English to Arabic. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

1. You all (f), go to Texas in order to study Arabic!

2. Be patient and don’t oppress your little brother.

88
3. We did not remember to complete our work yesterday. Both of you, remind us today.

4. Know (y’all) that we will return to the building tomorrow iA.

89
CHAPTER 7 PART 3 ANSWER KEY

SECTION 2 – QURAN TRANSLATION

Translate the following ayaat using the word bank below. Label ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬, ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬, and ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل‬.

ْ ِّ َُْ ََ َّ َ �ُ ‫ﻳَﺎ‬
‫اﺬﻟﻛ ِﺮ‬ َ� remembrance ‫�ﻈ َﺮ – �ﻨﻈ ُﺮ‬ to look � oh my beloved son
َُ َ ْ ٍّ ُ
(‫ �ﻘ ُّﺺ )ﻰﻠﻋ‬- ‫ﻗ َّﺺ‬ to relate ‫ُرؤ َ�ﺎ‬ vision, dream ‫أف‬ uff (expression of exasperation)
َْ َ ٌ َ َ
‫ �ﻨ َﻬ ُﺮ‬- ‫� َﻬ َﺮ‬ to brush off ‫ﻗ ْﻮل‬ speech, word, saying ‫ﻛ ِﺮ�ْ ٌﻢ‬ noble

ْ ِّ َ ْ َ ْ ُ َ ْ َ
...‫ﻓﺎﺳﺄلﻮا أﻫﻞ اﺬﻟﻛ ِﺮ‬... .1
Then ask the people of rememberance.

ْ َ َ َ ْ ُ َ ْ َ َ ْ َّ َ َ ْ َ ْ ُ ْ ُ
...‫ ا�ﻈﺮ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻓﻀﻠﻨﺎ �ﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻰﻠﻋ �ﻌ ٍﺾ‬.2

See how we favored some of them over some.

َ َ ْ ٰٓ َ َ َ َ ْ ُ ْ ُ ْ َ َ َّ َ ُ ٰ َ َ َ
... ‫ ﻗﺎل ﻳب� ﻻ �ﻘﺼﺺ رءﻳﺎك ﻰﻠﻋ ِإﺧﻮﺗِﻚ‬.3
He said, “O my beloved son, don’t relate your dream to your brothers.”

َّ ُ ْ ٰ ُ ْ َ
٣٠ ‫ َوٱدﺧ ِ� َﺟﻨ ِﻲﺘ‬٢٩ ‫ فٱدﺧ ِ� ِﻲﻓ ِﻋﺒَ ِﺪي‬.4
Enter among My slaves. And enter My garden.

ً َ ً ْ َ َ ُ َّ ُ َ َ ُ ْ َ ْ َ َ َ ّ ُ ٓ َ ُ َّ ُ َ َ َ
٢٣ ‫ … ﻓﻼ �ﻘﻞ لﻬﻤﺎ أ ٍف وﻻ �ﻨﻬﺮﻫﻤﺎ وﻗﻞ لﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﻮﻻ ﻛ ِﺮ�ﻤﺎ‬.5
Don’t say to both of them, “Uff,” and don’t brush them off. And say to both of them noble words.

َّ َ ْ ُ ُ َْ ْ َ َ ْ ُْ ُ
...‫ﺎر‬
ِ ‫ ﻳ ِﺮ�ﺪون أن �ﺮﺟﻮا ِﻣﻦ اﻨﻟ‬.6
They wanted to exit the fire.

90
SECTION 3 – HARAKAAT

Place ALL ‫ ﺣﺮ�ت‬then translate from Arabic to English. Specify number and gender.

َّ َ َ ُ َ ْ َ َ
َ.�ْ ‫اﻟﻈﺎلﻤ‬
ِِ ‫ ﻻ �ﺴﺘ ِﻤﻌﻮا ﻗﻮل‬.1
Don’t listen to the speech of the wrongdoers.

َّ َ َ َّ َْ َ ْ
ِّ ‫ﺎلﺼﻼ ِة َوذﻛ ِﺮ�ْ َﻬﺎ ﺑِﺎﷲ‬ِ‫ ِاﻧﺼ ِﺤﻴﻬﺎ ﺑ‬.2
You (F), advise her to pray and remind her of Allah.

َ َ َ ْ َ ٌ َ َ َ َ ْ َّ َ ْ َ َ ْ ْ َْ
.‫ أﻧﺎ ﻗﺎ ِدم �ﻌﺪ ﺳﺎﻋ ٍﺔ‬.‫ ِا�ﺘ ِﻈﺮ ِ� ِﻲﻓ ﺗِﻠﻚ اﻟﻘﺮ� ِﺔ الﺼ ِﻐ� ِة‬.3
You (F), wait for me in that small town. I am coming after an hour.

ْ َ َ ْ َ َْ َ ُ َْ ْ َ ُْ ُ
.‫ﺐ ِﻣﻦ اﺒﻟﺤ ِﺮ‬ ٍ ‫ أ ِر�ﺪ أن أﺳ�ﻦ ِﻲﻓ �ﻴ‬.4
ٍ �‫ﺖ ﻗ ِﺮ‬
I want to live in a house near the sea.

SECTION 4 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

Translate from English to Arabic. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

1. You all (f), go to Texas in order to study Arabic!

َ َ َ َ ُّ َ ْ َ ْ َ َ َ َ ََْْ
‫اﻟﻌ َﺮ�ِ َّﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻦﺒ ِإﻰﻟ ﺗ�ﺴﺎس ِﺘﻟﺪرﺳﻦ الﻠﻐﺔ‬ ‫اذﻫ‬

2. Be patient and don’t oppress your little brother.

َ ْ ‫الﺼﻐ‬
� َ ‫ﺮﺒ َو َﻻ َ� ْﻈﻠ ْﻢ أَ َﺧ‬
َّ ‫ﺎك‬ ْ ‫اﺻ‬ْ
ِ ِ ِ

3. We did not remember to complete our work yesterday. Both of you, remind us today.

َ َ‫�ﻤ َﻞ َ� َﻤﻠَﻨَﺎ أَ ْمﺲ ﺗَ َﺬ َّﻛ ْﺮﻧَﺎ اﻴﻟ‬


‫ﻮم‬
ْ َ ْ َ ْ َّ َ َ َ ْ َ
ِ ِ ‫لﻢ �ﺘﺬﻛﺮ أن ﻧ‬

4. Know (y’all) that we will return to the building tomorrow iA.

َ َ َ َْ ْ َ َُ ْ
‫اﺒﻟﻨَﺎ ِء ﻏ ًﺪا‬
ِ ‫اﻋﻠﻤﻮا أن ﻧﺮ ِﺟﻊ ِإﻰﻟ‬

91
CHAPTER 7 PART 4 HOMEWORK
RECOMMENDED VIDEOS

1. Forbidding and Commanding Drills

SECTION 1 – MEMORIZATION.

Review the vocabulary from this chapter and the last 2 chapters.

SECTION 2 – QURAN RECOGNITION

Label the highlighted words. Use the first key for ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬and the second key for ‫ اﺳﻢ‬and fragments. For
each ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬, circle the ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬. If you find an inside ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬, write it above each ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬. If a word is playing more
than one role, list all options.

A ‫ﻣﺎض‬ B ‫مﻀﺎرع مﺮﻓﻮع‬ C ‫مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻨﺼﻮب‬ D ‫مﻀﺎرع �ﺰوم‬ E ‫أمﺮ‬ F �‫ﻧ‬

1 ‫ﻣﺒﺘﺪأ‬ 2 ‫ﺧﺮﺒ‬ 3 ‫ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺨﻟﺮﺒ‬ 4 ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬ 5 ‫ﻧﺎﺋﺐ اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‬ 6 ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل‬

َ ‫�ﻔﺮ‬ َٰ ْ ٌ ُ ُ َ
ۚ ْ ‫لﺼ َ ٰﻮﻋﻖ َﺣ َﺬ َر ٱل ْ َﻤ‬ َ َ ٓ ْ ُ َ َٰ َ َ ُ َ ْ َ ٌ ْ َ َ ٌ ْ َ َ ٌ َٰ ُ ُ
َّ ‫اذاﻧﻬﻢ ِّﻣ َﻦ ٱ‬ ٓ َ َّ َ ِّ ِّ َ َ ْ َ
١٩ ‫�ﻦ‬ ِِ ‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﺎ‬ ‫ﺑ‬
ِ ِ‫ﻴﻂ‬� ‫ﷲ‬ ‫ٱ‬ ‫و‬ ◌ ‫ت‬
ِ ‫ﻮ‬ ِِ ِِ ‫ء‬ ‫ﻲﻓ‬
ِ ‫ﻢ‬‫ﻬ‬ ‫ﻌ‬ ‫ﺒ‬
ِ ‫ﺻ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ﻮن‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﻌ‬� ‫ق‬ ‫ﺮ‬ � ‫و‬ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫ﻋ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫و‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﻇ‬ ‫ﻪ‬
ِ ِ ‫ﺐ ﻣﻦ ٱلﺴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻴ‬� ‫ء‬
ِ ٍ ‫أو ﻛﺼﻴ‬

َ َّ ْ َ ْ ُ َ َ ُ َٰ ْ ٓ َ َ ُ َّ َ ْ ُ َّ َ َ ْ ُ ْ َ َ َّ َ ْ ُ َ َ َ َّ ُ ُ َّ َ ْ ُ ُ ْ ُ َّ َ ُّ َ َٰٓ
‫ِإذا َﺟﺎ َء َك ٱل ُﻤﻨ ِﻔﻘﻮن ﻗﺎلﻮا �ﺸ َﻬ ُﺪ ِإﻧﻚ‬ ٢١ ‫ﺬﻟﻳﻦ ِﻣﻦ �ﺒ ِﻠ�ﻢ ﻟﻌﻠ�ﻢ �ﺘﻘﻮن‬ ِ ‫ﺬﻟي ﺧﻠﻘ�ﻢ وٱ‬ ِ ‫ﻳ��ﻬﺎ ٱﻨﻟﺎس ٱ�ﺒﺪوا ر��ﻢ ٱ‬

ٓ ٓ َّ َ َ َ َ َ ً ٓ َ َ ٓ َ َّ َ ً ٰ َ َ ْ َ ْ ُ ُ َ َ َ َ َّ َ ُ ٰ َ َ َ ٰ َ ُ ْ َّ ُ َ ْ َ ُ َ ۗ ُ ُ َ
‫لﺴ َﻤﺎ ِء َﻣﺎ ًء‬‫ﺬﻟي ﺟﻌﻞ ﻟ�ﻢ ٱﻷرض ﻓِﺮﺷﺎ وٱلﺴﻤﺎء ﺑِﻨﺎء وأﻧﺰل ِﻣﻦ ٱ‬
ِ ‫ ٱ‬١ ‫ﷲ �ﺸﻬﺪ ِإن ٱلﻤﻨ ِﻔ ِﻘ� ﻟﻜ ِﺬﺑﻮن‬ ِ ‫ل َﺮﺳﻮل ٱ‬
‫ﷲ◌ وٱ‬

92
‫ْ ً َّ ُ ْ ۖ َ َ َ ْ َ ُ ْ َ َ ً َ َ ُ ْ َ ْ َ ُ َ‬ ‫َ َّ َ َ ٰ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ََ ْ‬
‫ﷲ أﻧﺪادا وأﻧﺘﻢ �ﻌﻠﻤﻮن ‪٢٢‬‬ ‫ﻓﺄﺧﺮج ﺑِ ِﻪۦ ِﻣﻦ ٱﺜﻟﻤﺮ ِت ِرزﻗﺎ ﻟ�ﻢ◌ ﻓﻼ ﺠﺗﻌﻠﻮا ِ ِ‬

‫‪SECTION 3 – QUR’AN TRANSLATION‬‬

‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ‪,‬ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ‪,‬ﻓﻌﻞ ‪Translate the ayah and label‬‬

‫)ل‪(-‬‬ ‫َْ ُُ‬ ‫ُْ‬


‫‪ - to deny/be ungrateful to‬ﻳَ�ﻔ ُﺮ‬
‫ْ‬
‫‪�- - to be thankful to‬ﺸﻜﺮ ِ‬ ‫‪ِ - When/remember when‬إذ‬

‫ون ‪١٥٢‬‬ ‫َ ْ ُ ُ ْ ََ َ ْ ُُ‬


‫‪ … .1‬وٱﺷﻜﺮوا ِﻲﻟ وﻻ ﺗ�ﻔﺮ ِ‬

‫َ َّ َ َ َ ُ ْ َ َ َّ ُ ْ َ َ ٰ َ ٓ ُ ْ َ ٰٓ َ َ ْ َ ٰ‬
‫ﺤ ُ‬
‫ﺐ ٱ َّ‬
‫ﺎر ۖ◌‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻨﻟ‬ ‫ﺬﻟﻳﻦ �ﻔﺮوا و�ﺬﺑﻮا ﺑِ�ﻳ ِتﻨﺎ أو ِﺌﻟﻚ أﺻ‬ ‫‪ .2‬وٱ ِ‬

‫ْ ُ ْ َ ْ ُ ُ ْ َٰ ْ َ َ‬
‫‪َ .3‬و ِ�ذ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ٱدﺧﻠﻮا ﻫ ِﺬهِ ٱﻟﻘ ْﺮ َ�ﺔ…‬

‫‪SECTION 4 – HARAKAAT‬‬

‫‪ then translate from Arabic to English.‬ﺣﺮ�ت ‪Place ALL‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﻠﻜﻤﻮا ﻣﻊ أوﻻءك الﺮﺟﺎل اﻟﻈﺎﻤﻟ�!‬

‫‪ .2‬اﻟﻘﺮ�ﺔ ﻤﺟﻴﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻤﻟﺎذا لﻢ ﺗﺬﻫﺒﻮا إﻴﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ؟‬

‫‪ .3‬ﻧﺮ�ﺪ أن �ﺴﻤﻊ ﻗﺼﺼﺎ )‪ (stories‬ﻋﻦ اﺠﻟﻦ‬

‫‪93‬‬
SECTION 5 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

Translate from English to Arabic. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

1. You all (f), do not study the past tense f’il in the small, green room!

2. I waited for you both at the door but you didn’t return.

3. Muhammad and Adil speak with her sons every week.

4. Hamza, wait for them behind the old city.

94
‫‪CHAPTER 7 PART 4 ANSWER KEY‬‬

‫‪SECTION 2 – QURAN RECOGNITION‬‬

‫‪ and fragments. For‬اﺳﻢ ‪ and the second key for‬ﻓﻌﻞ ‪Label the highlighted words. Use the first key for‬‬
‫‪. If something is playing more‬ﻓﻌﻞ ‪, write it above each‬ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ‪. If you find an inside‬ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ‪, circle the‬ﻓﻌﻞ ‪each‬‬
‫‪than one role, include all role.‬‬

‫ﻣﺎض ‪A‬‬ ‫مﻀﺎرع مﺮﻓﻮع ‪B‬‬ ‫مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻨﺼﻮب ‪C‬‬ ‫مﻀﺎرع �ﺰوم ‪D‬‬ ‫أمﺮ ‪E‬‬ ‫ﻧ� ‪F‬‬

‫ﻣﺒﺘﺪأ ‪1‬‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺒ ‪2‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺨﻟﺮﺒ ‪3‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ‪4‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺋﺐ اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ‪5‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ‪6‬‬
‫ﻫﻢ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ ُ ُ ٌ ْ َٰ‬
‫ۚ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َ َ ْ‬ ‫ِّ َ َّ َ ٰ‬ ‫ُ ُ َٰ ٌ َ َ ْ ٌ َ َ ْ ٌ َ ْ َ ُ َ َ َٰ َ ُ ْ ٓ َ َ‬ ‫َ ْ َ َ ِّ ِّ َ َّ َ ٓ‬
‫�ﻴﻂ ﺑِﺎﻟ� ِﻔ ِﺮ�ﻦ ‪١٩‬‬
‫ﺐ ﻣﻦ ٱلﺴﻤﺎ ِء ِ�ﻴ ِﻪ ﻇﻠﻤﺖ ورﻋﺪ و�ﺮق �ﻌﻠﻮن أﺻ ِﺒﻌﻬﻢ ِﻲﻓ ءاذاﻧِ ِﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ٱلﺼﻮ ِﻋ ِﻖ ﺣﺬر ٱلﻤﻮ ِت◌ وٱﷲ ِ‬ ‫أو ﻛﺼﻴ ٍ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫�ﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﻢ‬ ‫أﻧﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ‬ ‫أﻧﺘﻢ‬


‫ْ َٰ ُ َ َ ُ ْ َ ْ‬ ‫َ ٓ‬ ‫َ ْ ُ َ َّ ُ َ َّ ُ َ‬
‫ﻳﻦ ِﻣﻦ �ﺒ ِﻠ� ْﻢ ﻟ َﻌﻠ� ْﻢ �ﺘﻘﻮن ‪٢١‬‬
‫َ َ َ ُ ْ َّ‬ ‫ُ ْ ُ ُ ْ َّ ُ َّ‬ ‫َ َ ُّ َ‬
‫ﺬﻟ َ‬
‫ﺬﻟي ﺧﻠﻘ�ﻢ َوٱ ِ‬‫ﻳٰٓ��ﻬﺎ ٱ َّﻨﻟﺎس ٱ�ﺒﺪوا َر�� ُﻢ ٱ ِ‬
‫َّ َ‬
‫ِإذا َﺟﺎ َء َك ٱل ُﻤﻨ ِﻔﻘﻮن ﻗﺎلﻮا �ﺸ َﻬ ُﺪ ِإﻧﻚ‬

‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪A, 6‬‬ ‫‪2, B‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪A, 6‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬

‫ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ‬


‫َ َ َ َ ُ ُ ْ َ ْ َ َ ٰ ً َ َّ َ ٓ َ َ ٓ ً َ َ َ َ َ َّ ٓ ٓ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ۗ َ ُ َ ْ َ ُ َّ ْ ُ َ ٰ َ َ َ ٰ ُ َ‬ ‫َ ُ ُ‬
‫لﺴ َﻤﺎ ِء َﻣﺎ ًء‬‫ﺬﻟي ﺟﻌﻞ ﻟ�ﻢ ٱﻷرض ِﻓﺮﺷﺎ وٱلﺴﻤﺎء ﺑِﻨﺎء وأﻧﺰل ِﻣﻦ ٱ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ٱ‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫ﻮن‬ ‫ﷲ◌ وٱﷲ �ﺸﻬﺪ ِإن ٱلﻤﻨ ِﻔ ِﻘ� ﻟﻜ ِﺬﺑ‬‫ل َﺮﺳﻮل ٱ ِ‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫أﻧﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ‬
‫ْ ً َّ ُ ْ ۖ َ َ َ ْ َ ُ ْ َ َ ً َ َ ُ ْ َ ْ َ ُ َ‬ ‫َ َّ َ َ ٰ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ََ ْ‬
‫ﷲ أﻧﺪادا وأﻧﺘﻢ �ﻌﻠﻤﻮن ‪٢٢‬‬ ‫ﻓﺄﺧﺮج ﺑِ ِﻪۦ ِﻣﻦ ٱﺜﻟﻤﺮ ِت ِرزﻗﺎ ﻟ�ﻢ◌ ﻓﻼ ﺠﺗﻌﻠﻮا ِ ِ‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬

‫‪95‬‬
SECTION 3 – QUR’AN TRANSLATION

Translate the ayah and label ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬, ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬, ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل‬

(-‫)ل‬ ُُ َْ ُْ
‫ ﻳَ�ﻔ ُﺮ‬- to deny/be ungrateful to
ْ
ِ ‫�ﺸﻜﺮ‬- - to be thankful to ‫ ِإذ‬- When/remember when

١٥٢ ‫ون‬ ُُ ْ َ ََ ْ ُ ُ ْ َ
ِ ‫ … وٱﺷﻜﺮوا ِﻲﻟ وﻻ ﺗ�ﻔﺮ‬.1
And be grateful to Me and don’t be ungrateful to Me.

ٰ َ ْ َ َ ٰٓ َ ْ ُ ٓ َ ٰ َ َ ْ ُ َّ َ َ ْ ُ َ َ َ َّ َ
ُ ‫ﺤ‬
َّ ‫ﺐ ٱ‬
◌ۖ ‫ﺎر‬
ِ ‫ﻨﻟ‬ ‫ﺬﻟﻳﻦ �ﻔﺮوا و�ﺬﺑﻮا ﺑِ�ﻳتِﻨﺎ أو ِﺌﻟﻚ أﺻ‬ ِ ‫ وٱ‬.2

And the ones who disbelieved and denied Our signs, those are the companions of the fire.
َ َ ْ َٰ ْ ُ ُ ْ َ ْ ُ ْ
…‫ َو ِ�ذ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ٱدﺧﻠﻮا ﻫ ِﺬهِ ٱﻟﻘ ْﺮ َ�ﺔ‬.3

And when We said, “You all, enter this village.”

SECTION 4 – HARAKAAT

Place ALL ‫ ﺣﺮ�ت‬then translate from Arabic to English.

َّ
َ!�ْ ‫اﻟﻈﺎلﻤ‬ َ ِّ َ َ ُ َ َ ُ َّ َ َ َ َ
ِِ ِ ‫ ﻻ �ﺘﻠﻜﻤﻮا ﻣﻊ أوﻻءِك الﺮﺟ‬.1
‫ﺎل‬
Don’t speak to those oppressive men.
َ َ َ َ ْ ََ ُ َ ْ َ َْ َ َ ٌَ ْ َ ُ َ ْ َ
‫ لِﻤﺎذا لﻢ ﺗﺬﻫﺒﻮا إﻴﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ؟‬.‫ﻤﺟﻴﻠﺔ‬ِ ‫ اﻟﻘﺮ�ﺔ‬.2
The town is beautiful. Why didn’t you go to it with us?

ِّ‫( َﻋﻦ اﺠﻟﻦ‬stories) ‫ ﻧُﺮ�ْ ُﺪ أَ ْن � َ ْﺴ َﻤ َﻊ ﻗ َﺼ ًﺼﺎ‬.3


ِ ِ ِ ِ
We want to hear stories about jinn.

96
SECTION 5 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

Translate from English to Arabic. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

1. You all (f), do not study the past tense f’il in the small, green room!

َ ْ َ ‫� ِة اﺨﻟ‬ ُ ْ َ َ َْ
َّ ‫اﻟﻐ ْﺮﻓَﺔ‬ َْ
‫ﺮﻀا ِء‬ َ ‫الﺼﻐ‬
ِ ِ ِ ‫ﻻ ﺗﺪ ُر ْﺳ َﻦ اﻟ ِﻔﻌﻞ الﻤ‬
‫ﺎﻲﺿ ِﻲﻓ‬
2. I waited for you both at the door but you didn’t return.

َ َ ُ َّ َ َ َ َْ َ ُ ُْ ََْ
‫ﻜﻨﻜ َﻤﺎ ل ْﻢ ﺗ ْﺮ ِﺟ َﻌﺎ‬
ِ ‫ﺎب وﻟ‬
ِ ‫)أﻧﺎ( ا�ﺘﻈﺮﺗ�ﻤﺎ ِﻋﻨﺪ اﺒﻟ‬
3. Muhammad and Adil speak with her sons every week.
ُ َّ ُ َ َّ َ َ َ ٌ َ َ ٌ َّ َ ُ ُ َّ ُ َ ٌ َ ُ َّ َ َ
ٍ ُ‫ﻤﺎن َﻣ َﻊ أ ْ�ﻨَﺎء َِﻫﺎ ﻞﻛ أ ْﺳﺒ‬
‫ﻮع‬ ِ ‫�ﻤﺪ وﺎﻋ ِدل �ﺘﻠﻜ‬ ٍ ُ‫�ﺘَﻠﻜ ُﻢ � َّﻤ ٌﺪ َو َﺎﻋ ِدل َﻣ َﻊ أ ْ�ﻨَﺎء َِﻫﺎ ﻞﻛ أ ْﺳﺒ‬
‫ﻮع‬
4. Hamza, wait for them behind the old city.

ْ َ َْ َ َْ َ ُ ْ ُ َ
‫الﻤ ِﺪ�ﻨ ِﺔ اﻟﻘ ِﺪ� َﻤ ِﺔ‬ ‫ ِا�ﺘَ ِﻈ ْﺮﻫ ْﻢ ﺧﻠﻒ‬،‫ﻳَﺎ ﻤﺣْ َﺰة‬

97
CHAPTER 8 PART 1 HOMEWORK
RECOMMENDED VIDEOS

1. Active vs Passive

2. Active and Passive Drills

3. Making the Passive in Arabic for Past Tense

SECTION 1 – MEMORIZATION

Memorize the first column of ‫أﻓﻌﺎل‬from “Chapter 8 Vocabulary” in your textbook.

Memorize the past passive chart, flawlessly with no mistakes.

SECTION 2 – ARABIC TO ENGLISH TRANSLATION

Determine whether the following ‫أﻓﻌﺎل‬are passive or active, then translate accordingly. Specify number and
gender. Write all possible answers.

ُ ْ
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮم �ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ ُﻣ ِﻨ ُﻌ ْﻮا‬.1 ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮم �ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ َو َﺟﺪت‬.2

َْ ْ ُ ْ
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮم �ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ أ� ِﺮﻣﻨﺎ‬.3 ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮم �ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ ُرﻓِﻌ َﻦ‬.4

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮم �ﻬﻮل‬ َّ
‫ ﺑَيَّﻨﺎ‬.5 ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮم �ﻬﻮل‬ ْ َ‫ ُﻛ ِّﺬﺑ‬.6
‫ﺖ‬
ُ ِّ ُ َ َ
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮم �ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ ذﻛ ْﺮ� ْﻢ‬.7 ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮم �ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ أ َم ْﺮﻧﺎ‬.8

ُ ْ ُ َ َ‫ َ�ﺘ‬.10
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮم �ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ أ ِﺧﺬت‬.9 ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮم �ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ﺤﺘَﺎ‬

Translate the following ayaat.


ُْ ََْ
‫ �ﻔ ِﻠ ُﺢ‬- ‫ أﻓﻠ َﺢ‬to be successful

ً ً ُ ُ ُ َّ َ ُ ْ َ َ
٥٨ … ◌ۚ ‫ﷲ ِر ْزﻗﺎ َﺣ َﺴﻨﺎ‬‫ … ﻟ�ز�ﻨﻬﻢ ٱ‬.1 ٤…‫ﷲ‬ َ ‫ … ﻗُﺘﻠُﻮا ْ ﻲﻓ‬.2
ِ ‫ﻴﻞ ٱ‬ ‫ب‬‫ﺳ‬
ِ ِ ِ ِ

98
ُ ْ َ ٰ َ ٓ َ ْ ْ ُ ٓ َّ َ ُ ْ ُ ْ ُ َّ َ َّ ً َ َ ْ ُ ُ ْ َ
٧٠ ‫ﻮط‬
ٍ ‫ … ِإﻧﺎ أر ِﺳﻠﻨﺎ ِإﻰﻟ ﻗﻮمِ ل‬.3 ١٠ ‫ﺤﻮن‬ ‫ … وٱذﻛﺮوا ٱﷲ ﻛ ِﺜ�ا ﻟﻌﻠ�ﻢ �ﻔ ِﻠ‬.4

َّ َ ْ ُ ُ َ َّ َ َ ُ َّ َ ْ َ ْ َ َ ْ َ َ ْ َ ِّ ُ
ِ ‫ ﻗﻮل ٓﻮا َءاﻣﻨﺎ ﺑِﺎ‬.5
١٣٦ … ‫ﷲ‬ ٤٩ ‫� ﻟ َﻌﻠ� ْﻢ ﺗﺬﻛ ُﺮون‬ َ
ِ ‫ و ِﻣﻦ ﻞﻛ ﻲﺷ ٍء ﺧﻠﻘﻨﺎ زوﺟ‬.6

Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬then translate the following sentences from Arabic to English.

ُ
‫ ﻤﺟﻌﻨﺎ ﻲﻓ اﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ الﺰرﻗﺎء‬.1 ‫ ُﻣﻨﻌﺖ ﻣﻦ اﺬﻟﻫﺎب إﻰﻟ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺻﺎﺣﻲﺒ‬.2

ُ ُ ُ
‫ ذﻛﺮوا ﺑﺂﻳﺎت ر�ﻬﻢ‬.3 ‫ ﻇﻠﻤﻮا ﻲﻓ أرﺿﻬﻢ ﺛﻢ أﺧﺮﺟﻮا ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬.4

ُ ُ ُ
‫ ﻧﺼﺤﺖ ﺑﺮﺘك الﺴيﺌﺎت‬.5 ‫ أ�ﺮﻣﺖ ﻲﻓ ﻣﺪﻳنﺘ�ﻢ ﻫﺬه‬.6

SECTION 3 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

Translate the following ‫أﻓﻌﺎل‬from English to Arabic. Write BOTH the pronoun and the ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬.

1. They were impressed. 2. He was found.

3. You (2) were advised. 4. Y’all were honored.

5. We were expelled. 6. They (f) were provided.

7. You (f) were prevented. 8. They (2f) were left.

9. You all (f) were known. 10. It (f) was written.

99
CHAPTER 8 PART 1 ANSWER KEY

SECTION 2 – ARABIC TO ENGLISH TRANSLATION

Determine whether the following ‫أﻓﻌﺎل‬are passive or active, then translate accordingly. Specify number and
gender. Write all possible answers.

ُ ْ
They were prevented. ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮم �ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ ُﻣ ِﻨ ُﻌ ْﻮا‬.1 I found. ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮم �ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ َو َﺟﺪت‬.2

َْ ْ ُ ْ
We were honored. ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮم �ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ أ� ِﺮﻣﻨﺎ‬.3 They (f) were raised/lifted. ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮم �ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ ُر ِﻓﻌ َﻦ‬.4

We clarified. ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮم �ﻬﻮل‬ َّ


‫ ﺑَيَّﻨﺎ‬.5 She was denied/belied. ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮم �ﻬﻮل‬ ْ َ‫ ُﻛ ِّﺬﺑ‬.6
‫ﺖ‬
ُ ِّ ُ َ َ
Y’all were reminded.
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮم �ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ ذﻛ ْﺮ� ْﻢ‬.7 We commanded.
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮم �ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ أ َم ْﺮﻧﺎ‬.8

ُ ْ ُ َ َ‫ َ�ﺘ‬.10
I was taken. ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮم �ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ أ ِﺧﺬت‬.9 Both of them (f) opened. ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮم �ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ﺤﺘَﺎ‬

Translate the following ayaat.

ُْ ََْ
‫ �ﻔ ِﻠ ُﺢ‬- ‫ أﻓﻠ َﺢ‬to be successful

ً ً ُ ُ ُ َّ َ ُ ْ َ َ
٥٨ … ◌ۚ ‫ﷲ ِر ْزﻗﺎ َﺣ َﺴﻨﺎ‬‫ … ﻟ�ز�ﻨﻬﻢ ٱ‬.1 ٤…‫ﷲ‬ َ ‫ … ﻗُﺘﻠُﻮا ْ ﻲﻓ‬.2
ِ ‫ﻴﻞ ٱ‬ ‫ب‬‫ﺳ‬
ِ ِ ِ ِ
Allah will DEFINITELY provide them with a beautiful provision. They were killed in the path of Allah.
ُ ْ َ ٰ َ ٓ َ ْ ْ ُ ٓ َّ َ ُ ْ ُ ْ ُ َّ َ َّ ً َ َ ْ ُ ُ ْ َ
٧٠ ‫ﻮط‬
ٍ ‫ … إِﻧﺎ أر ِﺳﻠﻨﺎ ِإﻰﻟ ﻗﻮمِ ل‬.3 ١٠ ‫ﺤﻮن‬ ‫ … وٱذﻛﺮوا ٱﷲ ﻛ ِﺜ�ا ﻟﻌﻠ�ﻢ �ﻔ ِﻠ‬.4
You all, remember/mention Allah a lot so that perhaps you
No doubt, We were sent to the people of Lut.
may be successful.
َّ َ ْ ُ ُ َ َّ َ َ ُ َّ َ ْ َ ْ َ َ ْ َ َ ْ َ ِّ ُ
ِ ‫ ﻗﻮل ٓﻮا َءاﻣﻨﺎ ِبٱ‬.5
١٣٦ … ‫ﷲ‬ ٤٩ ‫� ﻟ َﻌﻠ� ْﻢ ﺗﺬﻛ ُﺮون‬ َ
ِ ‫ و ِﻣﻦ ﻞﻛ ﻲﺷ ٍء ﺧﻠﻘﻨﺎ زوﺟ‬.6
We created two pairs from everything, so that perhaps you all
Say, “We believe in Allah…”
will ponder.

100
Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬then translate the following sentences from Arabic to English.

َ َ َُْ ْ َْ ُ ْ ‫ﺎﺣ‬ َ ْ‫اﺬﻟ َﻫﺎب إ َﻰﻟ َ�ﻴ‬


َّ َ ُ ْ ُ
‫الﺰ ْرﻗﺎ ِء‬ ‫ﻤﺟﻌﻨﺎ ِﻲﻓ اﻟﻐﺮﻓ ِﺔ‬
ِ .1 ‫ﻲﺒ‬ِِ ‫ﺖ ﺻ‬
ِ ِ ِ ‫ ﻣ ِﻨﻌﺖ ِﻣﻦ‬.2

We were gathered in the blue room. I was prevented from going to my friend’s house.

‫ﺂﻳﺎت َر ِّ� ِﻬ ْﻢ‬ ْ ِّ ُ َ‫ﻲﻓ أَ ْرﺿﻬ ْﻢ ُ� َّﻢ أُ ْﺧﺮ ُﺟ ْﻮا ﻣﻨْﻬﺎ‬


ْ ِ ‫ ُﻇ ِﻠ ُﻤ ْﻮا‬.4
ِ ِ‫ ذﻛ ُﺮوا ﺑ‬.3 ِ ِ ِ ِ
They were oppressed in their land then they were expelled
They were reminded of the signs of their Master
from it.

‫ﺎت‬ َ ِّ َ َْ ُ ْ ُ
ِ ‫ ﻧ ِﺼﺤﺖ ﺑِﺮﺘ ِك الﺴيﺌ‬.5 َ ْ ُ َْ َ ْ ُ ْ ْ ُ
ِ‫ أ� ِﺮﻣﺖ ِﻲﻓ ﻣ ِﺪﻳن ِﺘ�ﻢ ﻫ ِﺬه‬.6
I was advised to leave bad deeds. I was honored in this city of yours (pl).

SECTION 3 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

Translate the following ‫أﻓﻌﺎل‬from English to Arabic. Write BOTH the pronoun and the ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬.

ْ ُ َ
1. They were impressed. ‫ﻫﻢ أﻋ ِﺠﺒُ ْﻮا‬ 2. He was found. ‫ﻫﻮ ُو ِﺟﺪ‬

3. You (2) were advised. ْ ُ


‫أﻧﺘﻤﺎ ﻧ ِﺼﺤﺘُ َﻤﺎ‬ 4. Y’all were honored. ْ‫أﻧﺘﻢ أُ ْ�ﺮ ْﻣﺘُﻢ‬
ِ
ْ ْ ُ ْ
5. We were expelled. ‫�ﻦ أﺧ ِﺮﺟﻨﺎ‬ 6. They (f) were provided. ‫ﻫﻦ ُر ِز� َﻦ‬
ْ ُ َ ُ
7. You (f) were prevented. ‫ﺖ‬
ِ ‫أﻧﺖ ﻣ ِﻨﻌ‬
ِ 8. They (2f) were left. ‫ﻫﻤﺎ ﺗ ِﺮ�ﺘَﺎ‬

9. You all (f) were known. َّ ُ �ْ ‫أﻧﻦﺘ ُﻋﺮ‬


‫ﻦﺘ‬ 10. It (f) was written. ْ َ‫� ُﻛﺘﺒ‬
‫ﺖ‬
ِ ِ

101
CHAPTER 8 PART 2 HOMEWORK
RECOMMENDED VIDEOS

1. Making the Passive in Arabic for Present Tense

2. Passive Present Tense Practice

SECTION 1 – MEMORIZATION

Memorize the second column of ‫أﻓﻌﺎل‬from “Chapter 8 Vocabulary” in your textbook.

Memorize the present passive chart, flawlessly with no mistakes.

SECTION 2 – ARABIC TO ENGLISH TRANSLATION

a) Determine whether the following ‫أﻓﻌﺎل‬are past passive or present passive, then translate
accordingly. Specify number and gender. Write all possible answers.

َ َّ َ ُ
‫�ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم‬ ‫ ﺗﺬﻛ ُﺮ ْون‬.1

ْ
‫�ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم‬ ‫ ُﻣ ِﻨﻌﺘُ ْﻢ‬.2

‫�ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم‬ ‫ﺎن‬ َ ِّ َ ُ


ِ ‫ �ﻌﻠﻤ‬.3
َُ ُْ
‫�ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم‬ ‫ �ﻘﺮأ‬.4
َّ َ
‫�ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم‬ ‫ �ﺘَ َﻌﻠ ُﻢ‬.5
َْ ُ
‫�ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم‬ ‫ �َﺎدﻟ َﻦ‬.6
ُ
‫�ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم‬ ‫ أ ِم ْﺮﻧﺎ‬.7
ُْ
‫�ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم‬ ‫ أﺗ َﺮ ُك‬.8

َ ُ َّ
‫�ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم‬ ‫ ﻳُ َﺼﺪﻗ ْﻮن‬.9

‫�ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم‬ ْ ‫ ُﻤﺟ َﻌ‬.10


‫ﺖ‬ ِ

102
b) Translate the following ayaat using the word bank provided.

ٌ َ ْ َ َ َ‫َﻛﺘ‬ ٌ ُ
‫ﻛﻴْﻞ‬ provisions ‫ﻟ َﻌ َﻦ ﻳَﻠ َﻌ ُﻦ‬ to curse (‫ﺐ )ﻰﻠﻋ‬ to mandate ‫ﻗِﺘﺎل‬ fighting ‫ﻛ ْﺮ ٌه‬ difficult
َ َ َ ٓ َ ْ َ َ ُ ْ َ ْ َّ َ َ ْ ُ َ
٦٣ … ‫ … ﻗﺎلﻮا ﻳَٰٓﺄﺑَﺎﻧﺎ ُﻣ ِﻨ َﻊ ِﻣﻨﺎ ٱﻟﻜﻴﻞ ﻓﺄ ْر ِﺳﻞ َﻣ َﻌﻨﺎ أﺧﺎﻧﺎ‬.1

َْ ْ َ ُْ َْ
١٢١ … ‫ﷲ َﻋﻠﻴ ِﻪ‬
ِ ‫ …لﻢ ﻳﺬﻛ ِﺮ ٱﺳ ُﻢ ٱ‬.2

َ ٓ َ ْ َ َ َ َٰ َْ ْ ُ ََْ
٢٤٦ …‫ …وﻗﺪ أﺧ ِﺮﺟﻨﺎ ِﻣﻦ ِدﻳ ِﺮﻧﺎ وأ�ﻨﺎﺋِﻨﺎ‬.3

ٌ َ َ ْ ُ َ َ َ ٓ ْ َ َ ْ ُّ ْ ُ
٢٣ ‫ … ﻟ ِﻌﻨُﻮا ِﻲﻓ ٱﺪﻟ�ﻴﺎ وٱﻷ ِﺧﺮ ِة ولﻬﻢ ﻋﺬاب ﻋ ِﻈﻴﻢ‬.4
ٌ َ

ُ َّ ُ ُ ُ ْ ُ ْ َ َ ُ
٢١٦ … ◌ۖ ‫ﺐ َﻋﻠﻴ� ُﻢ ٱﻟ ِﻘﺘَﺎل َوﻫ َﻮ ﻛ ْﺮ ٌه ﻟ� ْﻢ‬ ‫ ﻛ ِﺘ‬.5

SECTION 3 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

Translate the following ‫أﻓﻌﺎل‬from English to Arabic. Write BOTH the pronoun and the ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬. Pay attention to
the pronoun, tense, and whether it is passive or active.

1. It (f) is opened every day. 2. He changed it.

3. They were oppressed. 4. We are prevented.

5. I commanded them. 6. They (2f) gathered them.

7. Both of them are advised. 8. You all were fed.

9. Were they (f) killed? 10. You (f) will honor them.

103
CHAPTER 8 PART 2 ANSWER KEY

SECTION 2 – ARABIC TO ENGLISH TRANSLATION

a) Determine whether the following ‫أﻓﻌﺎل‬are past passive or present passive, then translate
accordingly. Specify number and gender. Write all possible answers.

َ َّ َ ُ
You all are reminded. ‫�ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم‬ ‫ ﺗﺬﻛ ُﺮ ْون‬.1

ْ
You all were prevented. ‫�ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم‬ ‫ ُﻣ ِﻨﻌﺘُ ْﻢ‬.2

‫�ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم‬ ‫ﺎن‬ َ ِّ َ ُ


Both of them teach. ِ ‫ �ﻌﻠﻤ‬.3
َُ ُْ
It is read. ‫�ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم‬ ‫ �ﻘﺮأ‬.4
َّ َ
We learn. ‫�ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم‬ ‫ �ﺘَ َﻌﻠ ُﻢ‬.5
َْ ُ
They (f) are argued with. ‫�ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم‬ ‫ �َﺎدﻟ َﻦ‬.6
ُ
We were commanded. ‫�ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم‬ ‫ أ ِم ْﺮﻧﺎ‬.7
ُْ
I am left. ‫�ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم‬ ‫ أﺗ َﺮ ُك‬.8

َ ُ َّ
They are affirmed. ‫�ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم‬ ‫ ﻳُ َﺼﺪﻗ ْﻮن‬.9

She/they (non-human plural) were


‫�ﻬﻮل‬ ‫ﻣﺎض مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم‬ ْ ‫ ُﻤﺟ َﻌ‬.10
‫ﺖ‬
gathered. ِ

b) Translate the following ayaat using the word bank provided.

ٌ َ ْ َ َ َ‫َﻛﺘ‬ ٌ ُ
‫ﻛﻴْﻞ‬ provisions ‫ﻟ َﻌ َﻦ ﻳَﻠ َﻌ ُﻦ‬ to curse (‫ﺐ )ﻰﻠﻋ‬ to mandate ‫ﻗِﺘﺎل‬ fighting ‫ﻛ ْﺮ ٌه‬ difficult

َ َ َ ٓ َ َ َ ْ ْ َ َ ُ ْ َ ْ َّ َ ُ َ َ َ َٰٓ ْ ُ َ
٦٣ … ‫ … ﻗﺎلﻮا ﻳﺄﺑﺎﻧﺎ ﻣ ِﻨﻊ ِﻣﻨﺎ ٱﻟﻜﻴﻞ ﻓﺄر ِﺳﻞ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ أﺧﺎﻧﺎ‬.1
They said “Father, the provisions were withheld/denied of us, so send our brother with us....”

104
ْ ََ ُ ْ َ ُْ َْ
١٢١ … ‫ﷲ ﻋﻠﻴ ِﻪ‬ِ ‫ …لﻢ ﻳﺬﻛ ِﺮ ٱﺳﻢ ٱ‬.2

…Allah’s name was not mentioned upon it…

َ ٓ َ ْ َ َ َ َٰ َ ْ ْ ُ ََْ
٢٤٦ …‫ …وﻗﺪ أﺧ ِﺮﺟﻨﺎ ِﻣﻦ ِدﻳ ِﺮﻧﺎ وأ�ﻨﺎﺋِﻨﺎ‬.3
And we have been expelled from our houses and children.

ٌ َ ٌ َ َ ْ ُ َ َ َ ٓ ْ َ َ ْ ُّ ْ ُ ُ
٢٣ ‫ … ﻟ ِﻌﻨﻮا ِﻲﻓ ٱﺪﻟ�ﻴﺎ وٱﻷ ِﺧﺮ ِة ولﻬﻢ ﻋﺬاب ﻋ ِﻈﻴﻢ‬.4
…They were cursed in this life and the next, and for them is a great punishment.

ُ َّ ُ ُ ُ ْ ُ َ َ ُ
٢١٦ … ◌ۖ ‫ﺐ َﻋﻠﻴْ� ُﻢ ٱﻟ ِﻘﺘَﺎل َوﻫ َﻮ ﻛ ْﺮ ٌه ﻟ� ْﻢ‬‫ ﻛ ِﺘ‬.5
Fighting has been mandated for you all and it is a difficulty for you all…

SECTION 3 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

Translate the following ‫أﻓﻌﺎل‬from English to Arabic. Write BOTH the pronoun and the ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬. Pay attention to
the pronoun, tense, and whether it is passive or active.

َّ ُ ْ ُ َ َّ �َ
1. It (f) is opened every day. ٍ‫�ﻔﺘَ ُﺢ ﻞﻛ ﻳَ ْﻮم‬ 2. He changed it. ‫� ُه‬
ُ َ ُ
3. They were oppressed. ‫ﻇ ِﻠ ُﻤ ْﻮا‬ 4. We are prevented. ‫� ْﻤﻨ ُﻊ‬

5. I commanded them.
ْ‫أَ َم ْﺮ ُ� ُﻬﻢ‬ 6. They (2f) gathered them.
ُ ََ
‫ﻤﺟ َﻌﺘَﺎﻫ ْﻢ‬

‫ﺎن‬ َ َ ُْ َ ُ
‫� ْﻄ َﻌ ُﻤ ْﻮن‬
7. Both of them are advised. ِ ‫�ﻨﺼﺤ‬ 8. You all were fed.

ْ ُ َْ َ ْ
9. Were they (f) killed? ‫ﻫﻞ ﻗ ِﺘﻠ َﻦ؟‬ 10. You (f) will honor them. ‫َﺳﺘُﻜ ِﺮ ِﻣﻴْﻨ ُﻬ ْﻢ‬

105
‫‪CHAPTER 8 PART 3 HOMEWORK‬‬

‫‪RECOMMENDED VIDEOS‬‬

‫‪1. Nai'b al-Fa`il‬‬

‫‪2. Rhetorical Benefits of using the Passive‬‬

‫‪SECTION 1 – MEMORIZATION‬‬

‫‪from the “Chapter 8 Vocabulary” in your textbook.‬أﺳﻤﺎء ‪Memorize the‬‬

‫‪SECTION 2 – RECOGNITION‬‬

‫ﻣﺎض ﻣﻌﻠﻮم ‪A‬‬ ‫مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم ‪B‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎض �ﻬﻮل ‪C‬‬ ‫مﻀﺎرع �ﻬﻮل ‪D‬‬ ‫أمﺮ ‪E‬‬ ‫ﻧ� ‪F‬‬

‫ﻣﺒﺘﺪأ ‪1‬‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺒ ‪2‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺨﻟﺮﺒ ‪3‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ‪4‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺋﺐ اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ‪5‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ‪6‬‬

‫َ َ ْ َ ُ َ ُ َ ِّ ً َ ُ َ َ‬
‫ﻨﺪ ٱﷲ َﻋﻈ ٌ‬ ‫َ َ َ ُ َ ْ َ ٰ ُ َ ُ َ ۖ َ َ َ َٰٓ َ ُّ َ َّ ُ ُ ِّ ْ َ َ َ َّ ْ‬
‫ﻴﻢ ‪١٥‬‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫…وﺤﺗﺴﺒﻮﻧﻪۥ ﻫﻴﻨﺎ وﻫﻮ ِﻋ‬ ‫� … ‪١٦‬‬
‫ﻨﻄﻖ ٱﻟﻄ ِ‬
‫وو ِرث ﺳﻠﻴﻤﻦ داوود◌ وﻗﺎل ﻳ��ﻬﺎ ٱﻨﻟﺎس ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻣ ِ‬

‫ْ َ َْ‬ ‫َ َ َ ُ ْ ْ َ َ ٰٓ َ َ َّ َ ُ ْ َ ٰ ُ َّ ْ َ ٰ َ ٰ ً َ َ‬ ‫ْ ُ ْ‬ ‫َ ْ‬ ‫َّ َ َّ َ ُ ْ َ َ ْ َ‬
‫ﻤﺣ ِﻦ ِإﻧﺜﺎ ۚ◌ أﺷ ِﻬ ُﺪوا ﺧﻠﻘ ُﻬ ْﻢ ۚ◌ ‪...‬‬‫ﺬﻟﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ِﻋﺒﺪ ٱلﺮ‬
‫وﺟﻌﻠﻮا ٱلﻤﻠﺌِﻜﺔ ٱ ِ‬ ‫ﻳﻦ ٱﺨﺗﺬوا ِدﻳﻨ ُﻬ ْﻢ لﻬ ًﻮا َوﻟ ِﻌﺒًﺎ َوﻏ َّﺮ� ُﻬ ُﻢ ٱﺤﻟَﻴَ ٰﻮة ٱ ُّﺪﻟ�ﻴَﺎ ۚ◌ … ‪٥١‬‬ ‫ﺬﻟ‬
‫ٱ ِ‬

‫ُ َّ َ ُ ْ َ ُ َّ َ ْ َ َ َّ‬ ‫ََْ َ‬ ‫ْ َ َّ َ ۖ َ َ َ ٰ َ ْ َ َ‬ ‫َ ْ ُ‬ ‫ُ َ‬ ‫َ ُ َْ ُ َ َُٰ‬


‫ﻴﻢ ‪٨‬‬
‫�ﻢ ﻟتﺴﺌﻠﻦ ﻳﻮﻣﺌِ ٍﺬ ﻋ ِﻦ ٱﻨﻟ ِﻌ ِ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻗ ْﻮ ِ� �ﻌﻠ ُﻤﻮن ‪٢٦‬‬ ‫ﺐ ﺷ َﻬﺪ� ُﻬ ْﻢ َو� ُ ْﺴ َﺌﻠﻮن ‪�ِ ١٩‬ﻴﻞ ٱدﺧ ِﻞ ٱﺠﻟﻨﺔ◌ ﻗﺎل ﻳﻠﻴ‬ ‫‪ ...‬ﺳﺘﻜﺘ‬

‫‪106‬‬
‫‪SECTION 3 – ARABIC TO ENGLISH TRANSLATION‬‬

‫‪Translate the following ayaat using the word bank provided.‬‬

‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َ َْ َ ُ َ َ ًَ‬


‫َﻃ ْ�‬ ‫‪birds‬‬ ‫َﻣﻨ ِﻄﻖ‬ ‫‪speech‬‬ ‫ﻧ ِﻌﻴْﻢ‬ ‫‪comfort‬‬ ‫ﺷ ِﻬﺪ ‪� -‬ﺸﻬﺪ ‪ -‬ﺷﻬﺎدة‬ ‫‪to witness‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫َُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ًَ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻫ ِّ�‬ ‫‪insignificant‬‬ ‫لﻬﻮ‬ ‫‪distraction‬‬ ‫ﻏ َّﺮ ‪� -‬ﻐ ُّﺮ‬ ‫‪to deceive‬‬ ‫َو ِرث – ﻳَ ِﺮث ‪ِ -‬و َراﺛﺔ‬ ‫‪to inherit from‬‬

‫َ َ َ ُ َ ْ َ ٰ ُ َ ُ َ ۖ َ َ َ َٰٓ َ ُّ َ َّ ُ ُ ِّ ْ َ َ َ َّ ْ‬
‫� ‪١٦ ...‬‬
‫ﻨﻄﻖ ٱﻟﻄ ِ‬
‫‪ .1‬وو ِرث ﺳﻠﻴﻤﻦ داوود◌ وﻗﺎل ﻳ��ﻬﺎ ٱﻨﻟﺎس ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻣ ِ‬

‫َ َ ْ َ ُ َ ُ َ ِّ ً َ ُ َ َ‬
‫ﻨﺪ ٱﷲ َﻋﻈ ٌ‬
‫ﻴﻢ ‪١٥‬‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫‪ ... .2‬وﺤﺗﺴﺒﻮﻧ ۥﻪ ﻫﻴﻨﺎ وﻫﻮ ِﻋ‬

‫ْ ُ ْ‬ ‫َ ْ‬ ‫َّ َ ُ ْ َ َ ْ َ‬
‫‪ ... .3‬ٱﺨﺗﺬوا ِدﻳﻨ ُﻬ ْﻢ لﻬ ًﻮا َوﻟ ِﻌﺒًﺎ َوﻏ َّﺮ� ُﻬ ُﻢ ٱﺤﻟَﻴَ ٰﻮة ٱ ُّﺪﻟ�ﻴَﺎ ۚ◌ ‪٥١ ...‬‬

‫ُ َ‬ ‫ََ ُ ْ َ َُْ ْۚ َ ُ َْ ُ َ ٰ َ ُ‬
‫ﺐ ﺷ َﻬﺪ� ُﻬ ْﻢ َو� ُ ْﺴﺌَﻠﻮن ‪١٩‬‬ ‫‪ … .4‬أﺷ ِﻬﺪوا ﺧﻠﻘﻬﻢ◌ ﺳﺘﻜﺘ‬

‫ََْ َ‬ ‫ْ َ َّ َ ۖ َ َ َ ٰ َ ْ َ َ‬ ‫َ ْ ُ‬
‫ﺖ ﻗ ْﻮ ِ� �ﻌﻠ ُﻤﻮن ‪٢٦‬‬ ‫‪�ِ .5‬ﻴﻞ ٱدﺧ ِﻞ ٱﺠﻟﻨﺔ◌ ﻗﺎل ﻳﻠﻴ‬

‫ﻴﻢ ‪٨‬‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ُ َّ َ ُ ْ َ ُ َّ َ ْ َ َ‬


‫‪� .6‬ﻢ ﻟتﺴﺌﻠﻦ ﻳﻮﻣﺌِ ٍﺬ ﻋ ِﻦ ٱﻨﻟ ِﻌ ِ‬

‫‪107‬‬
SECTION 4 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

Translate from English to Arabic. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

1. His wife will not go until the housework (lit., work of the house) is completed.

ْ
َ ‫)اﺣ‬.
2. Why do you (2) speak to me like that? Speak to me with respect (‫ﺮﺘام‬ِ

3. His offspring were made to enter the little village of their fathers.

4. She did not feed your kids because she assumed that you fed them.

108
‫‪CHAPTER 8 PART 3 ANSWER KEY‬‬
‫‪SECTION 2 – RECOGNITION‬‬

‫ﻣﺎض ﻣﻌﻠﻮم ‪A‬‬ ‫مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم ‪B‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎض �ﻬﻮل ‪C‬‬ ‫مﻀﺎرع �ﻬﻮل ‪D‬‬ ‫أمﺮ ‪E‬‬ ‫ﻧ� ‪F‬‬

‫ﻣﺒﺘﺪأ ‪1‬‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺒ ‪2‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺨﻟﺮﺒ ‪3‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ‪4‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺋﺐ اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ‪5‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ‪6‬‬
‫أﻧﺘﻢ‬ ‫�ﻦ‬
‫َ َ ْ َ ُ َ ُ َ ِّ ً َ ُ َ َ‬
‫ﻨﺪ ٱﷲ َﻋﻈ ٌ‬ ‫َ َ َ ُ َ ْ َ ٰ ُ َ ُ َ ۖ َ َ َ َٰٓ َ ُّ َ َّ ُ ُ ِّ ْ َ َ َ َّ ْ‬
‫ﻴﻢ ‪١٥‬‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫…وﺤﺗﺴﺒﻮﻧﻪۥ ﻫﻴﻨﺎ وﻫﻮ ِﻋ‬ ‫� … ‪١٦‬‬
‫ﻨﻄﻖ ٱﻟﻄ ِ‬
‫وو ِرث ﺳﻠﻴﻤﻦ داوود◌ وﻗﺎل ﻳ��ﻬﺎ ٱﻨﻟﺎس ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻣ ِ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪B, 6‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬

‫ﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﻫﻢ‬


‫ْ َ َْ‬ ‫َ َ َ ُ ْ ْ َ َ ٰٓ َ َ َّ َ ُ ْ َ ٰ ُ َّ ْ َ ٰ َ ٰ ً َ َ‬ ‫ْ ُ ْ‬ ‫َ ْ‬ ‫َّ َ َّ َ ُ ْ َ َ ْ َ‬
‫ﻤﺣ ِﻦ ِإﻧﺜﺎ ۚ◌ أﺷ ِﻬ ُﺪوا ﺧﻠﻘ ُﻬ ْﻢ ۚ◌ ‪...‬‬‫ﺬﻟﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ِﻋﺒﺪ ٱلﺮ‬
‫وﺟﻌﻠﻮا ٱلﻤﻠ ِﺌﻜﺔ ٱ ِ‬ ‫ﻳﻦ ٱﺨﺗﺬوا ِدﻳﻨ ُﻬ ْﻢ لﻬ ًﻮا َوﻟ ِﻌﺒًﺎ َوﻏ َّﺮ� ُﻬ ُﻢ ٱﺤﻟَﻴَ ٰﻮة ٱ ُّﺪﻟ�ﻴَﺎ ۚ◌ … ‪٥١‬‬ ‫ﺬﻟ‬
‫ٱ ِ‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪A, 6‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬

‫ﻫﻢ‬ ‫َ‬
‫أﻧﺘﻢ‬ ‫أﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﻫﻢ‬
‫ُ َّ َ ُ ْ َ ُ َّ َ ْ َ َ َّ‬ ‫ََْ َ‬ ‫ْ َ َّ َ ۖ َ َ َ ٰ َ ْ َ َ‬ ‫َ ْ ُ‬ ‫ُ َ‬ ‫َ ُ َْ ُ َ َُٰ‬
‫ﻴﻢ ‪٨‬‬
‫�ﻢ ﻟتﺴﺌﻠﻦ ﻳﻮﻣﺌِ ٍﺬ ﻋ ِﻦ ٱﻨﻟ ِﻌ ِ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻗ ْﻮ ِ� �ﻌﻠ ُﻤﻮن ‪٢٦‬‬ ‫ﺐ ﺷ َﻬﺪ� ُﻬ ْﻢ َو� ُ ْﺴﺌَﻠﻮن ‪�ِ ١٩‬ﻴﻞ ٱدﺧ ِﻞ ٱﺠﻟﻨﺔ◌ ﻗﺎل ﻳﻠﻴ‬ ‫‪ ...‬ﺳﺘﻜﺘ‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪2, B‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬

‫‪SECTION 3 – ARABIC TO ENGLISH TRANSLATION‬‬

‫‪Translate the following ayaat using the word bank provided.‬‬

‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َ َْ َ ُ َ َ ًَ‬


‫ْ‬
‫َﻃ�‬ ‫‪birds‬‬ ‫َﻣﻨ ِﻄﻖ‬ ‫‪speech‬‬ ‫ﻧ ِﻌﻴْﻢ‬ ‫‪comforts‬‬ ‫ﺷ ِﻬﺪ ‪� -‬ﺸﻬﺪ ‪ -‬ﺷﻬﺎدة‬ ‫‪to witness‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫َُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ًَ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻫ ِّ�‬ ‫‪insignificant‬‬ ‫لﻬﻮ‬ ‫‪distraction‬‬ ‫ﻏ َّﺮ ‪� -‬ﻐ ُّﺮ‬ ‫‪to deceive‬‬ ‫َو ِرث – ﻳَ ِﺮث ‪ِ -‬و َراﺛﺔ‬ ‫‪to inherit from‬‬

‫َ َ َ ُ َ ْ َ ٰ ُ َ ُ َ ۖ َ َ َ َٰٓ َ ُّ َ َّ ُ ُ ِّ ْ َ َ َ َّ ْ‬
‫� ‪١٦ ...‬‬
‫ﻨﻄﻖ ٱﻟﻄ ِ‬
‫‪ .1‬وو ِرث ﺳﻠﻴﻤﻦ داوود◌ وﻗﺎل ﻳ��ﻬﺎ ٱﻨﻟﺎس ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻣ ِ‬
‫”…‪Suleiman inherited from Dawud. He said, “Oh people, we were taught the speech of birds‬‬

‫َ َ ْ َ ُ َ ُ َ ِّ ً َ ُ َ َ‬
‫ﻨﺪ ٱﷲ َﻋﻈ ٌ‬
‫ﻴﻢ ‪١٥‬‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫‪ ... .2‬وﺤﺗﺴﺒﻮﻧ ۥﻪ ﻫﻴﻨﺎ وﻫﻮ ِﻋ‬

‫‪You all assume it to be insignificant, and in the eyes of Allah it is great.‬‬

‫‪109‬‬
ۚ َ ْ ُّ ُ ٰ َ َ ْ ُ ُ ْ َّ َ َ ً َ َ ً ْ َ ْ ُ َ ْ ُ َ َّ
٥١ ... ◌‫ ٱﺨﺗﺬوا ِدﻳﻨﻬﻢ لﻬﻮا وﻟ ِﻌﺒﺎ وﻏﺮ�ﻬﻢ ٱﺤﻟﻴﻮة ٱﺪﻟ�ﻴﺎ‬... .3
…They took their religion as distraction and play and the lowest life deceived them…

َ ُ ُ َ ٰ َ ُ َْ ُ َ ْۚ َُْ َ ْ ُ ََ
١٩ ‫ﺐ ﺷ َﻬﺪ� ُﻬ ْﻢ َو� ُ ْﺴﺌَﻠﻮن‬ ‫ … أﺷ ِﻬﺪوا ﺧﻠﻘﻬﻢ◌ ﺳﺘﻜﺘ‬.4
Did they witness their creation? Their testimony will be written and they will be asked.

َ ََْ َ َ ْ َ ٰ َ َ َ ۖ َ َّ َ ْ ُ ْ َ
٢٦ ‫ﺖ ﻗ ْﻮ ِ� �ﻌﻠ ُﻤﻮن‬ ‫ ِ�ﻴﻞ ٱدﺧ ِﻞ ٱﺠﻟﻨﺔ◌ ﻗﺎل ﻳﻠﻴ‬.5

It was said, “Enter Jannah!” He said, “If only my people knew!”

٨ ‫ﻴﻢ‬ َّ َ َ ْ َ َّ ُ َ ْ ُ َ َّ ُ
ِ ‫ �ﻢ ﻟتﺴﺌﻠﻦ ﻳﻮﻣ ِﺌ ٍﺬ ﻋ ِﻦ ٱﻨﻟ ِﻌ‬.6

Then you all will be asked on that day about [your] comforts.

SECTION 4 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

Translate from English to Arabic. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

1. His wife will not go until the housework (lit., work of the house) is completed.

ْ ُ َّ َ ُ ُ ْ َ َ َ ْ َ ْ َ
ْ َ ‫� َﻤ َﻞ َ� َﻤ ُﻞ‬
‫ﺖ‬
ِ ‫اﺒﻟﻴ‬ ‫ﻟﻦ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ زوﺟﻪ ﺣﻰﺘ ﻳ‬
ْ
َ ‫)اﺣ‬.
2. Why do you (2) speak to me like that? Speak to me with respect (‫ﺮﺘام‬ِ
ْ َ َ َ َّ َ َ َ َ َ َ َ َ َّ َ َ َ َ َ
َ ‫ﺎﺣ‬
ٍ‫ﺮﺘام‬ِ ِ‫ﻲﻌ ﺑ‬
ِ ‫ﺎن ﻣ ِﻲﻌ ﻛﺬلِﻚ! ﺗ�ﻠﻤﺎ ﻣ‬
ِ ‫لِﻤﺎذا �ﺘﻠﻜﻤ‬
3. His offspring were made to enter the little village of their fathers.

َ َ ْ َّ ُ َ َ َ ْ َ ُ ُ َّ ُ ْ َ ْ ُ
‫أد ِﺧﻠﺖ ذ ِر�ﺘﻪ ﻗﺮ�ﺔ آﺑﺎ ِء ِﻫﻢ الﺼ ِﻐ�ة‬
4. She did not feed your kids because she assumed that you fed them.
َ َ َّ َ ْ َّ َ َ َّ َ َ َ َ ْ َ ْ ْ ُ ْ َ
‫ﺖ �ﻧﻚ أ ْﻃ َﻌ ْﻤﺘَ ُﻬ ْﻢ‬ ‫لﻢ �ﻄ ِﻌﻢ أ�ﻨﺎءك ِﻷ�ﻬﺎ ﻇﻨ‬

110
‫‪CHAPTER 8 PART 4 HOMEWORK‬‬
‫‪RECOMMENDED VIDEOS‬‬

‫‪1. Transitive VS Intransitive‬‬

‫‪SECTION 1 – MEMORIZATION‬‬

‫‪Review the vocabulary.‬‬

‫‪SECTION 2 – RECOGNITION‬‬

‫ﻣﺎض ﻣﻌﻠﻮم ‪A‬‬ ‫مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم ‪B‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎض �ﻬﻮل ‪C‬‬ ‫مﻀﺎرع �ﻬﻮل ‪D‬‬ ‫أمﺮ ‪E‬‬ ‫ﻧ� ‪F‬‬

‫ﻣﺒﺘﺪأ ‪1‬‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺒ ‪2‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺨﻟﺮﺒ ‪3‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ‪4‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺋﺐ اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ‪5‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ‪6‬‬

‫َْ َ‬ ‫َ ُ َ ُ ْ ُ َ َ ُ ْ َ ُ ُ ْ ِّ ٓ ُ ُ َ ْ َ ُ َ َ َ‬ ‫َ َ ْ َْ َ ْ َْ َ‬ ‫ِّ ٓ َ َ‬
‫� أ ِم ْﺮت أن أ�ﻮن أ َّول َﻣ ْﻦ أﺳﻠ َﻢ ۖ◌ ‪١٤ ...‬‬ ‫� أﻧﺎ َر ُّ�ﻚ ﻓﺎﺧﻠﻊ �ﻌﻠﻴﻚ … ‪ ... ١٢‬وﻫﻮ �ﻄ ِﻌﻢ وﻻ �ﻄﻌﻢ ۗ◌ ﻗﻞ ِإ‬ ‫ِإ‬

‫َُ َ َْْ ُ‬ ‫ُّ َ ْ َ ٌ ٰ َ ٌ‬ ‫َ َ ُ َ‬ ‫َ َّ ْ َ ُ ْ ُ َ َ‬ ‫َ ُ َ ُ َ ْ َ ٰ َ ُ ُ ُ ُ َ ْ ِّ َ ْ‬


‫ﺖ ٱﻷرض…‬ ‫ﻮر �ﻔﺨﺔ َو ِﺣﺪة ‪ ١٣‬و ِ‬
‫ﻤﺣﻠ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫لﺼ‬‫ٱ‬ ‫ﻲﻓ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺦ‬ ‫ﻓ ِﺈذا ﻧ ِﻔ‬ ‫ﻮز ُﻋﻮن ‪١٧‬‬ ‫� �ﻬﻢ ﻳ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻟﻄ‬ ‫ٱ‬ ‫و‬ ‫�ﺲ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺠﻟﻦ وٱ ِ‬
‫ﻹ‬ ‫وﺣ ِﺮﺸ لِﺴﻠﻴﻤﻦ ﺟﻨﻮده ِﻣﻦ ٱ ِ‬

‫َ َ َ َ ُ ُ ْ َ ْ َ َ ٰ ً َ َّ َ ٓ َ َ ٓ ً َ َ َ َ َ َّ َ ٓ َ ٓ ً َ َ ْ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َ ْ ُ َ َّ َ َّ ً ٰ َ ً‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺬﻟي ﺟﻌﻞ ﻟ�ﻢ ٱﻷرض ﻓِﺮﺷﺎ وٱلﺴﻤﺎء ﺑِﻨﺎء وأﻧﺰل ِﻣﻦ ٱلﺴﻤﺎ ِء ﻣﺎء ﻓﺄﺧﺮج ﺑِ ِﻪۦ ِﻣﻦ …‬ ‫ٱ ِ‬ ‫ﺠﻟﺒَﺎل ﻓ ُﺪﻛﺘَﺎ دﻛﺔ َو ِﺣﺪة ‪١٤‬‬
‫وٱ ِ‬

‫َ َ ُ َ َ َْ ُ ُْ َْ ُ َ َْ ُ َ‬ ‫ْ ً َّ ُ ْ ۖ َ َ َ ْ َ ُ ْ َ َ ً َ َ ْ َ َ‬ ‫َّ َ ٰ‬
‫ﺠ ُﺪون۩ ‪٢١‬‬‫و�ِذا ﻗ ِﺮئ ﻋﻠﻴ ِﻬﻢ ٱﻟﻘﺮءان ﻻ �ﺴ‬ ‫ﷲ أﻧﺪادا َوأﻧﺘُ ْﻢ �ﻌﻠ ُﻤﻮن ‪٢٢‬‬
‫… ٱﺜﻟﻤ َﺮ ِت ِرزﻗﺎ ﻟ�ﻢ◌ ﻓﻼ ﺠﺗﻌﻠﻮا ِ ِ‬

‫‪111‬‬
‫‪SECTION 3 – ARABIC TO ENGLISH TRANSLATION‬‬

‫‪Translate the following ayaat using the word bank provided.‬‬

‫َْ َ‬
‫ﺠ ُﺪ‬
‫ﺠ َﺪ � َ ْﺴ ُ‬
‫َﺳ َ‬
‫‪to prostrate‬‬ ‫ُﺻ ْﻮر‬ ‫‪horn‬‬ ‫�ﻔﺨﺔ‬ ‫‪a blow‬‬ ‫َﻃ ْ�‬ ‫‪birds‬‬
‫ََْ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫ََ َ َُْ ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫�ﻠ ُﻊ‬ ‫ﺧﻠ َﻊ‬ ‫‪to remove‬‬ ‫�ﻔﺦ �ﻨﻔﺦ‬ ‫‪to blow‬‬ ‫ِإذا‬ ‫‪when‬‬ ‫�ﻌﻞ‬ ‫‪shoes‬‬
‫َ�ْ ُ ُ‬ ‫َﺣ َ َ‬ ‫ُ ٌّ َ ْ ٌ‬
‫ﺮﺸ‬ ‫ﺮﺸ‬ ‫‪to gather‬‬ ‫ﻓِﺮاش‬ ‫‪expanse‬‬ ‫ﻧﺪ ‪ -‬أﻧ َﺪاد‬ ‫‪equal‬‬

‫َ َ ْ َْ َْ َْ َ‬ ‫ِّ ٓ َ َ‬
‫� أﻧﺎ َر ُّ�ﻚ فٱﺧﻠﻊ �ﻌﻠﻴﻚ … ‪١٢‬‬ ‫‪ِ .1‬إ‬

‫َ َ ُ َ َ َْ ُ ُْ َْ ُ َ َْ ُ َ‬
‫ﺠ ُﺪون۩ ‪٢١‬‬‫‪ .2‬و ِ�ذا ﻗ ِﺮئ ﻋﻠﻴ ِﻬﻢ ٱﻟﻘﺮءان ﻻ �ﺴ‬

‫ﺠﻟ ِّﻦ َوٱ ْﻹ�ﺲ َوٱ َّ‬


‫ﻟﻄ ْ‬ ‫َ ُ َ ُ َ ْ َٰ َ ُ ُ ُ ُ َ ْ‬
‫� … ‪١٧‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫‪ .3‬وﺣ ِﺮﺸ لِﺴﻠﻴﻤﻦ ﺟﻨﻮده ِﻣﻦ ٱ‬

‫ُّ َ ْ َ ٌ ٰ َ ٌ‬ ‫َ َ ُ َ‬
‫ﻮر �ﻔﺨﺔ َو ِﺣﺪة ‪١٣‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻓ ِﺈذا ﻧ ِﻔﺦ ِﻲﻓ ٱلﺼ ِ‬

‫ْ ً َّ ُ ْ ۖ َ َ َ ْ َ ُ ْ َ َ ً َ َ ْ َ َ‬
‫ﷲ أﻧﺪادا َوأﻧﺘُ ْﻢ �ﻌﻠ ُﻤﻮن‬
‫َ َّ َ َ ٰ‬ ‫َ َ َ َ ُ ُ ْ َ ْ َ َ ٰ ً َ َّ َ ٓ َ َ ٓ ً َ َ َ َ َ َّ َ ٓ َ ٓ ً َ َ ْ َ َ‬
‫ت ِرزﻗﺎ ﻟ�ﻢ◌ ﻓﻼ ﺠﺗﻌﻠﻮا ِ ِ‬
‫‪... .5‬ﺟﻌﻞ ﻟ�ﻢ ٱﻷرض ﻓِﺮﺷﺎ وٱلﺴﻤﺎء ﺑِﻨﺎء وأﻧﺰل ِﻣﻦ ٱلﺴﻤﺎ ِء ﻣﺎء ﻓﺄﺧﺮج ﺑِ ِۦﻪ ِﻣﻦ ٱﺜﻟﻤﺮ ِ‬
‫‪٢٢‬‬

‫‪SECTION 4 – PASSIVE TO ACTIVE CONVERSION‬‬

‫‪on the following sentences then convert them from active to passive.‬ﺣﺮ�ت ‪Place ALL‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺗﺮ�ﺘ� أ� ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺎب اﻤﻟﺴﺠﺪ اﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻫﻞ ﺳﺄﻨﻟ�ﻢ ﻋﻦ اﺪﻟرس اﺠﻟﺪﻳﺪ؟‬

‫‪112‬‬
‫ ﻤﺟﻌﻨﺎ ﻞﻛ الﻜﺘﺐ ووﺿﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻲﻓ ﻏﺮﻓﺘﻚ‬.3

‫ ﻣﻰﺘ ﺗﺄ�ﻠﻮن اﻟﻄﻌﺎم؟‬.4


َ ‫اﻷﺳﺘﺎذ اﻟﻔ ْﻌ َﻞ‬
َّ ْ‫اﻟـﻤﺒ‬ ُ َ‫ ﻋﻠّ َﻤﻨ‬.5
‫� لﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮل‬ ِ ِ ‫ﺎ‬
.‫اﻴﻟﻮم‬
SECTION 5 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

Translate from English to Arabic. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

1. Our family was honored and fed in that far village. I want to return there!

2. Don’t live there! Deities other than Allah are worshipped in this place.

َْ
3. They (f) were advised to leave the city. There is an insane (‫ )�ﻨُ ْﻮن‬man in this city.

113
‫‪CHAPTER 8 PART 4 ANSWER KEY‬‬

‫‪SECTION 2 – RECOGNITION‬‬

‫ﻣﺎض ﻣﻌﻠﻮم ‪A‬‬ ‫مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم ‪B‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎض �ﻬﻮل ‪C‬‬ ‫مﻀﺎرع �ﻬﻮل ‪D‬‬ ‫أمﺮ ‪E‬‬ ‫ﻧ� ‪F‬‬

‫ﻣﺒﺘﺪأ ‪1‬‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺒ ‪2‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺨﻟﺮﺒ ‪3‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ‪4‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺋﺐ اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ‪5‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ‪6‬‬

‫َ‬ ‫َ ُ َ ُ ْ ُ َ َ ُ ْ َ ُ ُ ْ ِّ ٓ ُ ْ ُ َ ْ َ ُ َ َ َّ َ َ ْ َ ْ َ‬ ‫ِّ ٓ َ َ َ ُّ َ َ ْ َ ْ َ ْ َ ْ َ‬
‫ۖ‬ ‫ۗ‬
‫إِ� أﻧﺎ ر�ﻚ ﻓﺎﺧﻠﻊ �ﻌﻠﻴﻚ … ‪ ... ١٢‬وﻫﻮ �ﻄ ِﻌﻢ وﻻ �ﻄﻌﻢ◌ ﻗﻞ إِ� أ ِمﺮت أن أ�ﻮن أول ﻣﻦ أﺳﻠﻢ◌ ‪١٤ ...‬‬

‫‪ A‬ﻫﻮ‬ ‫‪ C‬أﻧﺎ‬ ‫‪ D,‬ﻫﻮ‬ ‫‪B,‬ﻫﻮ‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪E,‬أﻧﺖ‬

‫َُ َ َْ ُ‬ ‫ُّ َ ْ َ ٌ ٰ َ ٌ‬ ‫َ َ ُ َ‬ ‫َ َّ ْ َ ُ ْ ُ َ َ‬ ‫َ ُ َ ُ َ ْ َ ٰ َ ُ ُ ُ ُ َ ْ ِّ َ ْ‬
‫ﺖ ٱﻷ ْرض …‬ ‫ﻮر �ﻔﺨﺔ َو ِﺣﺪة ‪ ١٣‬و ِ‬
‫ﻤﺣﻠ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫لﺼ‬‫ٱ‬ ‫ﻲﻓ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺦ‬ ‫ﻓ ِﺈذا ﻧ ِﻔ‬ ‫ﻮز ُﻋﻮن ‪١٧‬‬ ‫� �ﻬﻢ ﻳ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻟﻄ‬ ‫ٱ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ﺠﻟﻦ وٱ ِ ِ‬
‫�ﺲ‬ ‫ﻹ‬ ‫وﺣ ِﺮﺸ لِﺴﻠﻴﻤﻦ ﺟﻨﻮده ِﻣﻦ ٱ ِ‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪D‬ﻫﻢ‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬

‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َ َ َ ُ ُ ْ َ ْ َ َ ٰ ً َ َّ َ ٓ َ َ ٓ ً َ َ َ َ َ َّ َ ٓ َ ٓ ً َ َ ْ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َ ْ َ ُ َ ُ َّ َ َ َّ ً َ ٰ َ ً‬


‫ﺬﻟي ﺟﻌﻞ ﻟ�ﻢ ٱﻷرض ﻓِﺮﺷﺎ وٱلﺴﻤﺎء ﺑِﻨﺎء وأﻧﺰل ِﻣﻦ ٱلﺴﻤﺎ ِء ﻣﺎء ﻓﺄﺧﺮج ﺑِ ِﻪۦ ِﻣﻦ …‬ ‫ٱ ِ‬ ‫ﺠﻟﺒﺎل ﻓﺪﻛﺘﺎ دﻛﺔ و ِﺣﺪة ‪١٤‬‬ ‫وٱ ِ‬
‫‪A‬ﻫﻮ‬ ‫‪6‬‬

‫َ َ ُ َ َ َْ ُ ُْ َْ ُ َ َْ ُ َ‬ ‫ْ ً َّ ُ ْ ۖ َ َ َ ْ َ ُ ْ َ َ ً َ َ ُ ْ َ ْ َ ُ َ‬ ‫َّ َ ٰ‬
‫ﺠ ُﺪون۩ ‪٢١‬‬‫و�ِذا ﻗ ِﺮئ ﻋﻠﻴ ِﻬﻢ ٱﻟﻘﺮءان ﻻ �ﺴ‬ ‫ﷲ أﻧﺪادا وأﻧﺘﻢ �ﻌﻠﻤﻮن ‪٢٢‬‬ ‫… ٱﺜﻟﻤ َﺮ ِت ِرزﻗﺎ ﻟ�ﻢ◌ ﻓﻼ ﺠﺗﻌﻠﻮا ِ ِ‬
‫‪B‬ﻫﻢ‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪ 2B/‬أﻧﺘﻢ‬ ‫‪F‬أﻧﺘﻢ‬

‫‪SECTION 3 – ARABIC TO ENGLISH TRANSLATION‬‬

‫‪Translate the following ayaat using the word bank provided.‬‬


‫َْ َ‬
‫ﺠ ُﺪ‬
‫ﺠ َﺪ � َ ْﺴ ُ‬
‫َﺳ َ‬
‫‪to prostrate‬‬ ‫ُﺻ ْﻮر‬ ‫‪horn‬‬ ‫�ﻔﺨﺔ‬ ‫‪a blow‬‬ ‫َﻃ ْ�‬ ‫‪birds‬‬
‫ََْ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫ََ َ َُْ ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫�ﻠ ُﻊ‬ ‫ﺧﻠ َﻊ‬ ‫‪to remove‬‬ ‫�ﻔﺦ �ﻨﻔﺦ‬ ‫‪to blow‬‬ ‫ِإذا‬ ‫‪when‬‬ ‫�ﻌﻞ‬ ‫‪shoes‬‬
‫َ�ْ ُ ُ‬ ‫َﺣ َ َ‬ ‫ُ ٌّ َ ْ ٌ‬
‫ﺮﺸ‬ ‫ﺮﺸ‬ ‫‪to gather‬‬ ‫ﻓِﺮاش‬ ‫‪expanse‬‬ ‫ﻧﺪ ‪ -‬أﻧ َﺪاد‬ ‫‪equal‬‬
‫ِّ ٓ َ َ َ ُّ َ َ ْ َ ْ َ ْ َ ْ َ‬
‫‪ .1‬إِ� أﻧﺎ ر�ﻚ فٱﺧﻠﻊ �ﻌﻠﻴﻚ … ‪١٢‬‬
‫‪No doubt, I am your Master, so remove your shoes.‬‬

‫‪114‬‬
َ ُ َْ َ ُ َْ ُْ ُ َْ َ َ ُ َ َ
٢١ ۩‫ﺠ ُﺪون‬‫ و ِ�ذا ﻗ ِﺮئ ﻋﻠﻴ ِﻬﻢ ٱﻟﻘﺮءان ﻻ �ﺴ‬.2
And when Quran is recited to/upon them, they do not prostrate/make sajdah.
ْ َ ُ ُ ُ ُ َ َٰ ْ َ ُ َ ُ َ
َّ ‫ﺠﻟ ِّﻦ َوٱ ْﻹ�ﺲ َوٱ‬
ْ ‫ﻟﻄ‬
١٧ … �
ِ ِ ِ ِ ‫ وﺣ ِﺮﺸ لِﺴﻠﻴﻤﻦ ﺟﻨﻮده ِﻣﻦ ٱ‬.3

And Suleiman’s armies of jinn, people, and birds were gathered for him.

ٌ َ ٰ ٌ َ ْ َ ُّ َ ُ َ َ
١٣ ‫ﻮر �ﻔﺨﺔ َو ِﺣﺪة‬
ِ ‫ ﻓ ِﺈذا ﻧ ِﻔﺦ ِﻲﻓ ٱلﺼ‬.4
Then when one blow is blown into the horn.
َ ً َ َ ْ ُ َ ْ َ َ َ ْ ُ َّ ً ْ ٰ َ َ َّ َ ْ َ َ ً ٓ َ ٓ َ َّ َ َ َ َ َ ً ٓ َ َ ٓ َ َّ َ ً ٰ َ َ ْ َ ْ ُ ُ َ َ َ َ
َ ‫ﺧ َﺮ‬
‫ﷲ أﻧﺪادا َوأﻧﺘُ ْﻢ‬
ِ ِ ‫ت ِرزﻗﺎ ﻟ�ﻢ ۖ◌ ﻓﻼ ﺠﺗﻌﻠﻮا‬
ِ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫ﺜﻟ‬‫ٱ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻣ‬
ِ ‫ﻪ‬
‫ۦ‬
ِ ِ ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ﺟﻌﻞ ﻟ�ﻢ ٱﻷرض ﻓِﺮﺷﺎ وٱلﺴﻤﺎء ﺑِﻨﺎء وأﻧﺰل ِﻣﻦ ٱلﺴﻤﺎ ِء ﻣﺎء ﻓﺄ‬... .5
َ ََْ
٢٢ ‫�ﻌﻠ ُﻤﻮن‬
He made the earth a bed and the sky a ceiling/building for you. And He sent down water from the sky and He brought out from
the fruits sustenance for you, using it. So do not make partners for Allah while you all know.

SECTION 4 – PASSIVE TO ACTIVE CONVERSION

Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬on the following sentences then convert them from active to passive.

َ
ْ‫اﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬ ْ َ َ َ ْ ُ ْ ُ ْ‫اﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬َ ْ َ َ َ ْ ْ ُ ْ َََْ
ِ ِ ‫ﺎب الﻤﺴ ِﺠ ِﺪ‬
ِ ‫ﺗ ِﺮ�ﺖ ِﻋﻨﺪ ﺑ‬ ِ ِ ‫ﺎب الﻤﺴ ِﺠ ِﺪ‬ ِ ‫ ﺗﺮ�ﺘ ِ� أ ِ� ِﻋﻨﺪ ﺑ‬.1
ْ َ ْ َّ َ ْ ُ ْ ُ َْ ْ َ ْ َّ َ ْ ُ ََْ َ ْ َ
‫ﻫﻞ ﺳﺌِﻠﺘﻢ ﻋ ِﻦ اﺪﻟر ِس اﺠﻟ ِﺪﻳ ِﺪ؟‬ ‫ ﻫﻞ ﺳﺄﻨﻟ�ﻢ ﻋ ِﻦ اﺪﻟر ِس اﺠﻟ ِﺪﻳ ِﺪ؟‬.2
َ َ ُ ْ ْ َ ُ َ ُ ُ ُّ ُ ْ َ ُ َ َ ُ ْ َ َ ْ َ َ َ ُ ُ َّ ُ َ ْ َ َ
‫ﻲﻓ ﻏ ْﺮﻓ ِﺘﻚ‬ ِ ‫ﻤﺟﻌﺖ ﻞﻛ الﻜﺘ‬
ِ ‫ﺐ وو ِﺿﻌﺖ‬ ِ ‫ﻲﻓ ﻏ ْﺮﻓ ِﺘﻚ‬ ِ ‫ﺐ ووﺿﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ‬ ِ ‫ ﻤﺟﻌﻨﺎ ﻞﻛ الﻜﺘ‬.3
ُ ‫اﻟﻄ َﻌ‬
‫ﺎم؟‬
َُ ُْ َ َ
َّ ‫ﻞﻛ‬ ‫ﻣﻰﺘ ﻳﺆ‬ َ‫اﻟﻄ َﻌﺎم؟‬ َّ ‫ َﻣ َﻰﺘ ﺗَﺄ ْ ُ�ﻠُ ْﻮ َن‬.4

ْ ْ َّ ْ َ َْ َ‫ُﻋﻠِّ ْﻤﻨ‬ ْ َ ْ َّ ْ َ َ ْ ُ َ ْ ُ َ َ َّ َ
.‫� لِﻠ َﻤﺠ ُﻬ ْﻮ ِل اﻴﻟَ ْﻮ َم‬ِ ‫ﺒ‬‫اﻟـﻤ‬ ‫ﻞ‬ ‫ﻌ‬ ‫ﻔ‬
ِ ‫اﻟ‬ ‫ﺎ‬ َ.‫ﺠ ُﻬ ْﻮل اﻴﻟَ ْﻮم‬
ِ ‫ ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ اﻷﺳﺘﺎذ اﻟ ِﻔﻌﻞ اﻟـﻤﺒ ِ� لِﻠﻤ‬.5

115
SECTION 5 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

Translate from English to Arabic. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

1. Our family was honored and fed in that far village. I want to return there!
َ َ َْ ُ َ َ َ ْ ْ ْ ُ َُْ ْ ُ ْ ُ ْ ْ َ ْ ْ َ َ َُْ َ ْ ُ
!‫ أ ْر�ِ ُﺪ أن أ ْر ِﺟ َﻊ إِﻴﻟْ َﻬﺎ‬.‫اﺒﻟ ِﻌﻴْﺪ ِة‬
َ ‫اﻟﻘ ْﺮ َ� ِﺔ‬ ‫أﻫ ِ� أ� ِﺮمﻮا وأﻃ ِﻌﻤﻮا( ِﻲﻓ ﺗِﻠﻚ‬/�ِ ‫)أ� ِﺮم وأﻃ ِﻌﻢ أﻫ‬
2. Don’t live there! Deities other than Allah are worshipped in this place.

.‫ﷲ‬ ُْ ْ
ِ ‫ ِﻣﻦ دو ِن ا‬/‫ﷲ‬ ُ ْ �َ ‫الﻤ َﺎﻜن آل ِ َﻬ ٌﺔ‬
ِ ‫�ا‬
َ ‫ﻲﻓ َﻫ َﺬا‬
ْ ِ ‫ﺎك! ُ� ْﻌﺒَ ُﺪ‬ ُ َْ
َ َ‫� ْﻦ ُﻫﻨ‬ ‫ﻻ �ﺴ‬
ِ
َْ
3. They (f) were advised to leave the city. There is an insane (‫ )�ﻨُ ْﻮن‬man in this city.
ٌ َُْْ ٌ ُ َ َْ َ َ ْ َْ َ َ َ ْ َُْ َْ َ ْ َ ُْ
.‫ ِﻲﻓ ﻫ ِﺬهِ الﻤ ِﺪ�ﻨ ِﺔ رﺟﻞ �ﻨﻮن‬.‫)ﻫﻦ( �ﻨﺼﺤﻦ ﺑِﺄن �ﺮﺟﻦ ِﻣﻦ الﻤ ِﺪ�ﻨ ِﺔ‬

116
‫‪CHAPTER 9 PART 1 HOMEWORK‬‬

‫‪RECOMMENDED VIDEOS‬‬

‫‪1. Negating in the Past‬‬

‫‪2. Negating in the Present‬‬

‫‪3. Negating in the Future‬‬

‫‪SECTION 1 – MEMORIZATION‬‬

‫‪ from the “Chapter 9 Vocabulary” in your textbook.‬أﺳﻤﺎء ‪Memorize the‬‬

‫‪SECTION 2 – RECOGNITION‬‬

‫ﻣﺎض ﻣﻌﻠﻮم ‪A‬‬ ‫مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم ‪B‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎض �ﻬﻮل ‪C‬‬ ‫مﻀﺎرع �ﻬﻮل ‪D‬‬ ‫أمﺮ ‪E‬‬ ‫ﻧ� ‪F‬‬

‫ﻣﺒﺘﺪأ ‪1‬‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺒ ‪2‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺨﻟﺮﺒ ‪3‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ‪4‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺋﺐ اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ‪5‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ‪6‬‬

‫ﻮﻰﺣ إ َ َّ‬
‫ٰٓ‬ ‫َ َ ٓ َ ْ َ ُ ْ َ ْ َ َ َ ٓ َ ُ ُ َ ُ ْ ِّ َ َ ٌ ۖ ْ َ َّ ُ َّ َ ُ َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ َٓ‬ ‫�ْ‬‫ُ َّ ٓ َ ُ ُ َ ُ‬
‫ﻲﻟ ۚ◌ …‪٥٠‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻳ‬ ‫ﺎ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﻻ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ﻊ‬
‫ِ ِ‬ ‫ﺒ‬ ‫ﺗ‬‫�‬ ‫ن‬ ‫إ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫◌‬ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫م‬ ‫�‬ ‫إ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻢ‬ ‫�‬ ‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﻮل‬ ‫ﻗ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ﻻ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﻴ‬ ‫ﻐ‬‫ﻟ‬ ‫ٱ‬ ‫ﻢ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﻋ‬‫أ‬ ‫ﻻ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ﷲ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ٱ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺋ‬‫ا‬‫ﺰ‬ ‫ﺧ‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ﻨﺪ‬
‫ِ ِ‬‫ﻋ‬ ‫ﻢ‬ ‫ﻗﻞ ﻻ أﻗﻮل ﻟ‬

‫ُْ َ‬ ‫َ َ َ ْ ُ َ َ ْ ُ ُ ْ ۘ َّ َ ْ َ ُ َ ُ ُّ َ‬ ‫َّ ٓ َ ْ َ ُّ ُ ْ َ ْ َ َّ َ ٰ َ ٰ َ ْ َ ْ َ َ َ ْ َ َ ُ‬
‫ﺮﺴون َو َﻣﺎ �ﻌ ِﻠﻨُﻮن ‪٧٦‬‬ ‫ﻓﻼ �ﺰﻧﻚ ﻗﻮلﻬﻢ◌ ِإﻧﺎ �ﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ � ِ‬
‫ْ‬
‫۞ﻣﺎ أﺷﻬﺪ�ﻬﻢ ﺧﻠﻖ ٱلﺴﻤﻮ ِت وٱﻷر ِض وﻻ ﺧﻠﻖ أﻧﻔ ِﺴ ِﻬﻢ …‪٥١‬‬

‫َ‬ ‫َ َ ٰ َ َ ْ َ ْ َ ُ ْ ُ َ َ ْ ٌ ِّ َ ْ‬ ‫َ ْ َ ْ َ ُ َ َ َّ َ َ ْ َ ُ َّ ُ ْ َ َ ْ َ ٰ ُ ۚ َ َ ٰ َ ُ ُ ُ َ َ َ ْ ْ َ ْ ُ ُ َ‬
‫� م َّﻤﺎ � َﻤ ُﻌﻮن ‪٥٨‬‬ ‫… ﻓ ِﺒﺬلِﻚ ﻓﻠﻴﻔﺮﺣﻮا ﻫﻮ ﺧ‬ ‫أم �ﺴﺒﻮن �ﻧﺎ ﻻ �ﺴﻤﻊ ِﺮﺳﻫﻢ و�ﻮ�ﻬﻢ◌ ﺑ� ورﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﺪﻟﻳ ِﻬﻢ ﻳ�ﺘﺒﻮن ‪٨٠‬‬

‫‪117‬‬
SECTION 3 – ARABIC TO ENGLISH TRANSLATION

Translate the following ayaat using the word bank provided.

ُ َْ َ ٌ َ ٌ َ
‫َﺣ َﺰن – � ُﺰن‬ to make sad ‫َﻣﺎ‬ whatever ‫ َمﻼﺋِ�ﺔ‬- ‫َمﻠﻚ‬ an angel
‫ﺮﺴ‬ َّ َ َ‫أ‬
ُّ ُ � – ‫ﺮﺳ‬ َْ
‫� َﻮى‬
َ
‫ﺧ َﺰاﺋِ ُﻦ‬
ِ to conceal, make secret secret conversations treasures, stores
ُْ َْ َ َ
ُ ْ‫اﻟﻐﻴ‬ ْ َْ
‫أﻋﻠ َﻦ – �ﻌ ِﻠ ُﻦ‬ to make public ‫ﺐ‬ the unseen ‫ �ُﺸ ِﻬ ُﺪ‬- ‫أﺷ َﻬ َﺪ‬ to make witness

ٌ َ ِّ ُ َ ُ ُ َ ٓ َ َ ْ َ ْ ُ َ ْ َ ٓ َ َ ٓ َ ْ ُ َ ُ ُ َ ٓ َّ ُ
٥٠ ... ‫ﺐ َوﻻ أﻗﻮل ﻟ� ْﻢ ِإ� َمﻠﻚ‬‫ﷲ وﻻ أﻋﻠﻢ ٱﻟﻐﻴ‬ ِ ‫ﻨﺪي ﺧ َﺰاﺋِ ُﻦ ٱ‬
ِ ‫ ﻗﻞ ﻻ أﻗﻮل ﻟ�ﻢ ِﻋ‬.6

ْ ُ َ َ ْ َ َ َ ْ َ ْ َ ٰ َ ٰ َ َّ َ ْ َ ْ ُ ُّ َ ْ َ ٓ َّ
٥١… ‫ ﻣﺎ أﺷﻬﺪ�ﻬﻢ ﺧﻠﻖ ٱلﺴﻤﻮ ِت وٱﻷر ِض وﻻ ﺧﻠﻖ أﻧﻔ ِﺴ ِﻬﻢ‬.7

َ ُْ َ ُّ ُ َ ُ َ ْ َ َّ ۘ ْ ُ ُ ْ َ َ ُ ْ َ َ َ
٧٦ ‫ﺮﺴون َو َﻣﺎ �ﻌ ِﻠﻨُﻮن‬ ِ � ‫ ﻓﻼ �ﺰﻧﻚ ﻗﻮلﻬﻢ◌ ِإﻧﺎ �ﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ‬.8

ْ َ ُ َّ ُ َ ْ َ َ َّ َ َ ُ َ ْ َ ْ َ
٨٠… ‫ﺮﺳﻫ ْﻢ َو� َﻮ�ٰ ُﻬ ْﻢ‬
ِ ‫ أم �ﺴﺒﻮن �ﻧﺎ ﻻ �ﺴﻤﻊ‬.9

َ ْ َ ِّ ٌ ْ َ َ ُ ْ ُ َ ْ َ ْ َ َ ٰ َ َ
٥٨ ‫� م َّﻤﺎ � َﻤ ُﻌﻮن‬ ‫ … ﻓ ِﺒﺬلِﻚ ﻓﻠﻴﻔﺮﺣﻮا ﻫﻮ ﺧ‬.10

118
SECTION 4 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

Translate from English to Arabic, then negate the sentence. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

1. Those mothers will carry their children to the masjid.

2. Our people were honored in that village this year.

3. They speak to their parents every day about their life.

119
‫‪CHAPTER 9 PART 1 ANSWER KEY‬‬

‫‪SECTION 2 – RECOGNITION‬‬

‫ﻣﺎض ﻣﻌﻠﻮم ‪A‬‬ ‫مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم ‪B‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎض �ﻬﻮل ‪C‬‬ ‫مﻀﺎرع �ﻬﻮل ‪D‬‬ ‫أمﺮ ‪E‬‬ ‫ﻧ� ‪F‬‬

‫ﻣﺒﺘﺪأ ‪1‬‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺒ ‪2‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺨﻟﺮﺒ ‪3‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ‪4‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺋﺐ اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ‪5‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ‪6‬‬

‫ْ َ َّ ُ َّ َ ُ َ َ‬ ‫َ َ ٓ َ ْ َ ُ ْ َ ْ َ َ َ ٓ َ ُ ُ َ ُ ْ ِّ َ َ ٌ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ َٓ‬ ‫�ْ‬‫ُ َّ ٓ َ ُ ُ َ ُ‬


‫ﻮﻰﺣ ِإ َّﻲﻟ ۚ◌ …‪٥٠‬‬
‫ﻚ ۖ◌ ِإن �ﺗ ِﺒﻊ ِإﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻳ ٰٓ‬ ‫ﷲ وﻻ أﻋﻠﻢ ٱﻟﻐﻴﺐ وﻻ أﻗﻮل ﻟ�ﻢ ِإ� مﻠ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ٱ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺋ‬‫ا‬‫ﺰ‬ ‫ﺧ‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ﻨﺪ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻋ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻢ‬ ‫ﻗﻞ ﻻ أﻗﻮل ﻟ‬
‫ََ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫أﻧﺎ ‪B‬‬ ‫أﻧﺎ ‪B‬‬ ‫أﻧﺖ ‪E‬‬

‫ُْ َ‬ ‫َ َ َ ْ ُ َ َ ْ ُ ُ ْ ۘ َّ َ ْ َ ُ َ ُ ُّ َ‬ ‫َّ ٓ َ ْ َ ُّ ُ ْ َ ْ َ َّ َ ٰ َ ٰ َ ْ َ ْ َ َ َ ْ َ َ ُ‬
‫ﺮﺴون َو َﻣﺎ �ﻌ ِﻠﻨُﻮن ‪٧٦‬‬ ‫ﻓﻼ �ﺰﻧﻚ ﻗﻮلﻬﻢ◌ إِﻧﺎ �ﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ � ِ‬
‫ْ‬
‫۞ﻣﺎ أﺷﻬﺪ�ﻬﻢ ﺧﻠﻖ ٱلﺴﻤﻮ ِت وٱﻷر ِض وﻻ ﺧﻠﻖ أﻧﻔ ِﺴ ِﻬﻢ …‪٥١‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫ََ‬
‫�ﻦ ‪B‬‬ ‫أﻧﺎ ‪A, 6‬‬

‫َ‬ ‫َ َ ٰ َ َ ْ َ ْ َ ُ ْ ُ َ َ ْ ٌ ِّ َ ْ‬ ‫َ ْ َ ْ َ ُ َ َ َّ َ َ ْ َ ُ َّ ُ ْ َ َ ْ َ ٰ ُ ْ ۚ َ َ ٰ َ ُ ُ ُ َ َ َ ْ ْ َ ْ ُ ُ َ‬
‫� م َّﻤﺎ � َﻤ ُﻌﻮن ‪٥٨‬‬ ‫… ﻓ ِﺒﺬلِﻚ ﻓﻠﻴﻔﺮﺣﻮا ﻫﻮ ﺧ‬ ‫أم �ﺴﺒﻮن �ﻧﺎ ﻻ �ﺴﻤﻊ ِﺮﺳﻫﻢ و�ﻮ�ﻬﻢ◌ ﺑ� ورﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﺪﻟﻳ ِﻬﻢ ﻳ�ﺘﺒﻮن ‪٨٠‬‬
‫ﻫﻢ ‪B‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ‪B‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫�ﻦ ‪B‬‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ‪B‬‬

‫‪SECTION 3 – ARABIC TO ENGLISH TRANSLATION‬‬

‫‪Translate the following ayaat using the word bank provided.‬‬

‫َ َْ ُ‬ ‫َ ٌ‬ ‫َ ٌ‬
‫َﺣ َﺰن – � ُﺰن‬ ‫‪to make sad‬‬ ‫َﻣﺎ‬ ‫‪Whatever‬‬ ‫َمﻠﻚ ‪َ -‬مﻼﺋِ�ﺔ‬ ‫‪an angel‬‬
‫ﺮﺴ‬ ‫أَ َ َّ‬
‫ﺮﺳ – � ُ ُّ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫� َﻮى‬
‫َ‬
‫ﺧ َﺰاﺋِ ُﻦ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫‪to conceal, make secret‬‬ ‫‪secret conversations‬‬ ‫‪treasures, stores‬‬
‫ُْ‬ ‫َ َْ‬ ‫َ‬
‫اﻟﻐﻴْ ُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫أﻋﻠ َﻦ – �ﻌ ِﻠ ُﻦ‬ ‫‪to make public‬‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫‪the unseen‬‬ ‫أﺷ َﻬ َﺪ ‪ُ� -‬ﺸ ِﻬ ُﺪ‬ ‫‪to make witness‬‬

‫َ َ ٓ َ ْ َ ُ ْ َ ْ َ َ ٓ َ ُ ُ َ ُ ِّ َ ٌ‬ ‫َ ٓ‬ ‫ُ َّ ٓ َ ُ ُ َ ُ ْ‬
‫ﺐ َوﻻ أﻗﻮل ﻟ� ْﻢ ِإ� َمﻠﻚ ‪٥٠ ...‬‬‫ﷲ وﻻ أﻋﻠﻢ ٱﻟﻐﻴ‬ ‫ﻨﺪي ﺧ َﺰاﺋِ ُﻦ ٱ ِ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻗﻞ ﻻ أﻗﻮل ﻟ�ﻢ ِﻋ ِ‬
‫)‪Say, "I do not say to you all, 'I have the treasures of Allah, nor (do I say) I know the unseen, nor (do I say‬‬
‫"'‪certainly I am an angel.‬‬

‫‪120‬‬
ْ ُ َ َ ْ َ َ َ ْ َ ْ َ ٰ َ ٰ َ َّ َ ْ َ ْ ُ ُّ َ ْ َ ٓ َّ
٥١… ‫ ﻣﺎ أﺷﻬﺪ�ﻬﻢ ﺧﻠﻖ ٱلﺴﻤﻮ ِت وٱﻷر ِض وﻻ ﺧﻠﻖ أﻧﻔ ِﺴ ِﻬﻢ‬.2

I did not make them witness to the creation of the skies and the earth, nor the creation of themselves.

َ ُْ َ ُّ ُ َ ُ َ ْ َ َّ ۘ ْ ُ ُ ْ َ َ ُ ْ َ َ َ
٧٦ ‫ﺮﺴون َو َﻣﺎ �ﻌ ِﻠﻨُﻮن‬ ِ � ‫ ﻓﻼ �ﺰﻧﻚ ﻗﻮلﻬﻢ◌ إِﻧﺎ �ﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ‬.3
Then don't let their speech sadden you. Certainly we know what you conceal and you make public.

ْ ُ ٰ َ ْ َ َ ْ ُ َّ ُ َ ْ َ َ َّ َ َ ُ َ ْ َ ْ َ
٨٠… ‫ أم �ﺴﺒﻮن �ﻧﺎ ﻻ �ﺴﻤﻊ ِﺮﺳﻫﻢ و�ﻮ�ﻬﻢ‬.4
Or do they assume that we do not hear their secrets and their secret conversations
َ ْ َ ِّ ٌ ْ َ َ ُ ْ ُ َ ْ َ ْ َ َ ٰ َ َ
٥٨ ‫� م َّﻤﺎ � َﻤ ُﻌﻮن‬ ‫ … ﻓ ِﺒﺬلِﻚ ﻓﻠﻴﻔﺮﺣﻮا ﻫﻮ ﺧ‬.5
Then they should be happy with that. It is greater than what they gather.

SECTION 4 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

Translate from English to Arabic, then negate the sentence. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

1. Those mothers will carry their children to the masjid.

‫ﺴﺠ ِﺪ‬ َ َ َّ ُ َ َ َ ُ َ َّ ُ َ َ ْ ُ ُ ْ َ َ
ِ ‫ﺳﺘﺤ ِﻤﻞ أوﻻﺋِﻚ اﻷمﻬﺎت أوﻻدﻫﻦ ِإﻰﻟ الﻤ‬

‫ﺴﺠ ِﺪ‬ َ َ َّ ُ َ َ َ ُ َ َّ ُ َ َ ْ ُ َ ْ َ َ
ِ ‫ﻟﻦ ﺤﺗ ِﻤﻞ أوﻻﺋِﻚ اﻷمﻬﺎت أوﻻدﻫﻦ ِإﻰﻟ الﻤ‬
2. Our people were honored in that village this year.

َ َّ َ َ َ َ َ ُ َ َ ُ‫أ‬
‫الﺴﻨَﺔ‬ ِ‫�ﺮم ﻗﻮﻣﻨﺎ ِﻲﻓ ﻫ ِﺬهِ اﻟﻘ ْﺮ� ِﺔ ﻫ ِﺬه‬
ِ
َ َّ َ َ َ َ َُ َ ْ ْ ُ َْ
‫الﺴﻨَﺔ‬ ِ‫لﻢ ﻳ� َﺮم ﻗﻮﻣﻨﺎ ِﻲﻓ ﻫ ِﺬهِ اﻟﻘ ْﺮ� ِﺔ ﻫ ِﺬه‬

3. They speak to their parents every day about their life.

َ
‫ﻳﻬ ْﻢ � ْﻦ َﺣﻴَﺎﺗِ ِﻬ ْﻢ‬ َ َ َ َ َ ُ َّ َ َ َ
ِ ‫�ﺘﻠﻜﻤﻮن ﻣﻊ و ِاﺪﻟ‬
َ
‫ﻳﻬ ْﻢ � ْﻦ َﺣﻴَﺎﺗِ ِﻬ ْﻢ‬ َ َ َ َ َ ُ َّ َ َ َ َ
ِ ‫ﻻ �ﺘﻠﻜﻤﻮن ﻣﻊ و ِاﺪﻟ‬

121
‫‪CHAPTER 9 PART 2 HOMEWORK‬‬
‫‪RECOMMENDED VIDEOS‬‬

‫‪1. Negating al-Jumla al-Ismiyya‬‬

‫‪2. Quranic Examples of Ma and Laysa‬‬

‫‪3. La Nafiya li al-Jins‬‬

‫‪SECTION 1 – MEMORIZATION‬‬

‫‪ from “Chapter 9 Vocabulary” in your textbook.‬أﻓﻌﺎل ‪Memorize the first row of‬‬

‫‪SECTION 2 – RECOGNITION‬‬

‫ﻣﺎض ﻣﻌﻠﻮم ‪A‬‬ ‫مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم ‪B‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎض �ﻬﻮل ‪C‬‬ ‫مﻀﺎرع �ﻬﻮل ‪D‬‬ ‫أمﺮ ‪E‬‬ ‫ﻧ� ‪F‬‬

‫ﻣﺒﺘﺪأ ‪1‬‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺒ ‪2‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺨﻟﺮﺒ ‪3‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ‪4‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺋﺐ اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ‪5‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ‪6‬‬

‫ُ ْ َٰٓ َ ْ َ ْ َ ٰ َ َ ُ ُّ َ‬ ‫َ ٌّ َ َ َ ٌ َّ َّ َ ُ َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َْ َ‬ ‫َّ َ َ َ ُ َ َ ُ ْ َ ُ ْ َ‬ ‫َوأَ ْ‬


‫ﻴﻞ‬‫ب‬
‫ِ ِ‬
‫ون َﻋﻦ َ‬
‫ﺳ‬ ‫ﺐ لِﻢ ﺗﺼﺪ‬‫ﻜﺘ ِ‬
‫ﻗﻞ ﻳﺄﻫﻞ ٱﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﻴﻊ ﻟ َﻌﻠ ُﻬ ْﻢ �ﺘَّﻘﻮن ‪٥١‬‬‫ﻰﻟ َر ِّ� ِﻬ ْﻢ ﻟي َﺲ ل ُﻬﻢ ِّﻣﻦ دوﻧِ ِۦﻪ و ِ� وﻻ ﺷ ِﻔ‬
‫ﺮﺸ ٓوا ِإ ٰ‬‫ﺬﻟﻳﻦ �ﺎﻓﻮن أن �‬
‫ﻧﺬر ﺑِ ِﻪ ٱ ِ‬
‫ِ‬

‫ُ َْ َ ً‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ ُ َ ِّ َ َ َ ٰ َ َ َ َ‬ ‫َ َْ ُ َ‬ ‫َ ْ َ َ َ َ ْ ُ َ َ َ ً َ َ ُ ْ ُ َ َ ٓ ُ َ َ ُ َٰ‬
‫ﺤﺪا ‪٢٧‬‬ ‫ﺠﺗﺪ ِﻣﻦ دوﻧِ ِﻪۦ مﻠﺘ‬
‫ﻠﻜﻤ ِﺘ ِﻪۦ وﻟﻦ ِ‬
‫‪ ...‬ﻻ ﻣﺒﺪل ِﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺑِﻐ ِﻔ ٍﻞ � َّﻤﺎ �ﻌ َﻤﻠﻮن ‪٩٩‬‬‫ﷲ ﻣﻦ ءاﻣﻦ �ﺒﻐﻮ�ﻬﺎ ِﻋﻮﺟﺎ وأﻧﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺪاء ۗ◌ وﻣﺎ ٱ‬ ‫ٱ ِ‬

‫ﻮب ‪٣٥‬‬ ‫ﺐ َو َﻻ َ� َﻤ ُّﺴﻨَﺎ � َ‬


‫ﻴﻬﺎ ﻟُ ُﻐ ٌ‬ ‫‪َ ...‬ﻻ َ� َﻤ ُّﺴﻨَﺎ � َ‬
‫ﻴﻬﺎ ﻧَ َﺼ ٌ‬ ‫ﻜ ً‬
‫ﻮرا ‪٩‬‬
‫ُ ْ َ ًَٓ ََ ُ ُ‬ ‫ﺟﻪ ٱﷲ َﻻ ﻧُﺮ ُ‬
‫�ﺪ ِﻣﻨ�ﻢ ﺟﺰاء وﻻ ﺷ‬
‫َّ َ ُ ْ ُ ُ ْ َ ْ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِإ�ﻤﺎ �ﻄ ِﻌﻤ�ﻢ لِﻮ ِ ِ‬

‫‪122‬‬
‫‪SECTION 3 – ARABIC TO ENGLISH TRANSLATION‬‬

‫‪Translate the following ayaat using the word bank provided.‬‬

‫َﺷ ِﻔﻴْ ٌﻊ ‪ُ -‬ﺷ َﻔ َﻌ ُ‬


‫ﺎء‬
‫ِّ‬
‫ُﻣﺒَﺪل‬
‫َّ‬
‫إِ� َﻤﺎ‬
‫َ‬
‫ﺎﻏﻓِﻞ )ﻋﻦ(‬ ‫ُ َْ َ‬
‫‪intercessor‬‬ ‫‪changer‬‬ ‫‪only‬‬ ‫مﻠﺘﺤﺪ )‪unaware (of‬‬ ‫‪refuge‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫َم َّﺲ ‪َ � -‬ﻤ ُّﺲ‬ ‫‪to afflict‬‬ ‫ﻧ َﺼﺐ‬ ‫‪fatigue‬‬ ‫ﻟﻐ ْﻮب‬ ‫‪weariness‬‬ ‫َوﺟﻪ‬ ‫‪pleasure‬‬ ‫� َّﻤﺎ‬ ‫� ْﻦ ‪َ +‬ﻣﺎ‬

‫‪ … .1‬ﻟَيْ َﺲ ل َ ُﻬﻢ ِّﻣﻦ ُدوﻧﻪۦ َو ٌّ� َو َﻻ َﺷﻔ ٌ‬


‫ﻴﻊ ‪٥١ ...‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِِ ِ‬

‫َ َْ ُ َ‬ ‫َ َ ُ َٰ‬
‫ﷲ ﺑِﻐ ِﻔ ٍﻞ � َّﻤﺎ �ﻌ َﻤﻠﻮن ‪١٤٤‬‬‫‪ … .2‬وﻣﺎ ٱ‬

‫ُ َْ َ ً‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ ُ َ ِّ َ َ َ ٰ َ َ َ َ‬
‫ﺤﺪا ‪٢٧‬‬ ‫ﺠﺗﺪ ِﻣﻦ دوﻧِ ِﻪۦ مﻠﺘ‬
‫ﻠﻜﻤ ِﺘ ِۦﻪ وﻟﻦ ِ‬
‫‪ ... .3‬ﻻ ﻣﺒﺪل ِﻟ ِ‬

‫ﻜ ً‬‫ُ ْ َ ًَٓ ََ ُ ُ‬ ‫ﺟﻪ ٱﷲ َﻻ ﻧُﺮ ُ‬


‫َّ َ ُ ْ ُ ُ ْ َ ْ‬
‫ﻮرا ‪٩‬‬ ‫�ﺪ ِﻣﻨ�ﻢ ﺟﺰاء وﻻ ﺷ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫‪ .4‬إِ�ﻤﺎ �ﻄ ِﻌﻤ�ﻢ ل ِﻮ ِ ِ‬

‫ﻮب ‪٣٥‬‬ ‫ﺐ َو َﻻ َ� َﻤ ُّﺴﻨَﺎ � َ‬


‫ﻴﻬﺎ ﻟُ ُﻐ ٌ‬ ‫َ‬
‫‪...‬ﻻ َ� َﻤ ُّﺴﻨَﺎ � َ‬
‫ﻴﻬﺎ ﻧَ َﺼ ٌ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫‪123‬‬
SECTION 4 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

Translate from English to Arabic, and then negate the sentence. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

1. The people in that city are rich.

2. The leader of that village (lit., big of that village) is a generous man.

3. Those poor women are strong.

4. Their rich father has many secrets. He is from the progeny of those people.

124
‫‪CHAPTER 9 PART 2 ANSWER KEY‬‬
‫‪SECTION 2 – RECOGNITION‬‬

‫ﻣﺎض ﻣﻌﻠﻮم ‪A‬‬ ‫مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم ‪B‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎض �ﻬﻮل ‪C‬‬ ‫مﻀﺎرع �ﻬﻮل ‪D‬‬ ‫أمﺮ ‪E‬‬ ‫ﻧ� ‪F‬‬

‫ﻣﺒﺘﺪأ ‪1‬‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺒ ‪2‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺨﻟﺮﺒ ‪3‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ‪4‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺋﺐ اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ‪5‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ‪6‬‬

‫ُ ْ َٰٓ َ ْ َ ْ َ ٰ َ َ ُ ُّ َ‬ ‫َ ٌّ َ َ َ ٌ َّ َّ َ ُ َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َْ َ‬ ‫َّ َ َ َ ُ َ َ ُ ْ َ ُ ْ َ‬ ‫َوأَ ْ‬


‫ﻴﻞ‬‫ب‬
‫ِ ِ‬
‫ون َﻋﻦ َ‬
‫ﺳ‬ ‫ﺐ لِﻢ ﺗﺼﺪ‬‫ﻜﺘ ِ‬
‫ﻗﻞ ﻳﺄﻫﻞ ٱﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﻴﻊ ﻟ َﻌﻠ ُﻬ ْﻢ �ﺘَّﻘﻮن ‪٥١‬‬‫ﻰﻟ َر ِّ� ِﻬ ْﻢ ﻟي َﺲ ل ُﻬﻢ ِّﻣﻦ دوﻧِ ِۦﻪ و ِ� وﻻ ﺷ ِﻔ‬
‫ﺮﺸ ٓوا ِإ ٰ‬‫ﺬﻟﻳﻦ �ﺎﻓﻮن أن �‬
‫ﻧﺬر ﺑِ ِﻪ ٱ ِ‬
‫ِ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ‪D,‬‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ‪B,‬‬ ‫َ‬
‫أﻧﺖ ‪E,‬‬
‫أﻧﺘﻢ ‪B‬‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ‪B/2,‬‬

‫ُ َْ َ ً‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ ُ َ ِّ َ َ َ ٰ َ َ َ َ‬ ‫َ َْ ُ َ‬ ‫َ ْ َ َ َ َ ْ ُ َ َ َ ً َ َ ُ ْ ُ َ َ ٓ ُ َ َ ُ َٰ‬
‫ﺤﺪا ‪٢٧‬‬ ‫ﺠﺗﺪ ِﻣﻦ دوﻧِ ِﻪۦ مﻠﺘ‬
‫ﻠﻜﻤ ِﺘ ِۦﻪ وﻟﻦ ِ‬
‫‪ ...‬ﻻ ﻣﺒﺪل ِﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺑِﻐ ِﻔ ٍﻞ � َّﻤﺎ �ﻌ َﻤﻠﻮن ‪٩٩‬‬‫ﷲ ﻣﻦ ءاﻣﻦ �ﺒﻐﻮ�ﻬﺎ ِﻋﻮﺟﺎ وأﻧﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺪاء ۗ◌ وﻣﺎ ٱ‬ ‫ٱ ِ‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫َ‬
‫أﻧﺖ ‪B,‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫اﻧﺘﻢ ‪B‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫أﻧﺘﻢ ‪B,6‬‬ ‫ﻫﻮ‪A‬‬

‫ﻮب ‪٣٥‬‬ ‫ﺐ َو َﻻ َ� َﻤ ُّﺴﻨَﺎ � َ‬


‫ﻴﻬﺎ ﻟُ ُﻐ ٌ‬ ‫‪َ ...‬ﻻ َ� َﻤ ُّﺴﻨَﺎ � َ‬
‫ﻴﻬﺎ ﻧَ َﺼ ٌ‬ ‫ﻜ ً‬
‫ﻮرا ‪٩‬‬
‫ُ ْ َ ًَٓ ََ ُ ُ‬ ‫ﺟﻪ ٱﷲ َﻻ ﻧُﺮ ُ‬
‫�ﺪ ِﻣﻨ�ﻢ ﺟﺰاء وﻻ ﺷ‬
‫َّ َ ُ ْ ُ ُ ْ َ ْ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫إِ�ﻤﺎ �ﻄ ِﻌﻤ�ﻢ لِﻮ ِ ِ‬
‫‪B, 6‬‬ ‫‪B, 6‬‬ ‫�ﻦ ‪B‬‬ ‫�ﻦ ‪B,6‬‬

‫‪SECTION 3 – ARABIC TO ENGLISH TRANSLATION‬‬

‫‪Translate the following ayaat using the word bank provided.‬‬


‫َﺷ ِﻔﻴْ ٌﻊ ‪ُ -‬ﺷ َﻔ َﻌ ُ‬
‫ﺎء‬
‫ِّ‬
‫ُﻣﺒَﺪل‬
‫َّ‬
‫إِ� َﻤﺎ‬
‫َ‬
‫ﺎﻏﻓِﻞ )ﻋﻦ(‬ ‫ُ َْ َ‬
‫‪intercessor‬‬ ‫‪changer‬‬ ‫‪only‬‬ ‫مﻠﺘﺤﺪ )‪unaware (of‬‬ ‫‪refuge‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫َم َّﺲ ‪َ � -‬ﻤ ُّﺲ‬ ‫‪to afflict‬‬ ‫ﻧ َﺼﺐ‬ ‫‪fatigue‬‬ ‫ﻟﻐ ْﻮب‬ ‫‪weariness‬‬ ‫َوﺟﻪ‬ ‫‪pleasure‬‬ ‫� َّﻤﺎ‬ ‫� ْﻦ ‪َ +‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫‪ … .1‬ﻟَيْ َﺲ ل َ ُﻬﻢ ِّﻣﻦ ُدوﻧﻪۦ َو ٌّ� َو َﻻ َﺷﻔ ٌ‬
‫ﻴﻊ ‪٥١ ...‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِِ ِ‬
‫‪They don’t have a protective friend or an intercessor other than him.‬‬

‫َ َْ ُ َ‬ ‫َ َ ُ َٰ‬
‫ﷲ ﺑِﻐ ِﻔ ٍﻞ � َّﻤﺎ �ﻌ َﻤﻠﻮن ‪١٤٤‬‬‫‪ … .2‬وﻣﺎ ٱ‬

‫!‪No, Allah is not at all unaware of what they all do‬‬

‫ُ َْ َ ً‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ ُ َ ِّ َ َ َ ٰ َ َ َ َ‬
‫ﺤﺪا ‪٢٧‬‬ ‫ﺠﺗﺪ ِﻣﻦ دوﻧِ ِﻪۦ مﻠﺘ‬
‫ﻠﻜﻤ ِﺘ ِۦﻪ وﻟﻦ ِ‬
‫‪ ... .3‬ﻻ ﻣﺒﺪل ِﻟ ِ‬

‫‪There is absolutely no changer for his words and you will not find refuge other than him.‬‬

‫‪125‬‬
‫ﻜ ً‬‫ُ ْ َ ًَٓ ََ ُ ُ‬ ‫ﺟﻪ ٱﷲ َﻻ ﻧُﺮ ُ‬‫َّ َ ُ ْ ُ ُ ْ َ ْ‬
‫ﻮرا ‪٩‬‬ ‫�ﺪ ِﻣﻨ�ﻢ ﺟﺰاء وﻻ ﺷ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫‪ِ .4‬إ�ﻤﺎ �ﻄ ِﻌﻤ�ﻢ لِﻮ‬

‫‪We only feed you for the pleasure of Allah – we want neither compensation nor thanks from you.‬‬

‫ﻮب ‪٣٥‬‬ ‫ﺐ َو َﻻ َ� َﻤ ُّﺴﻨَﺎ � َ‬


‫ﻴﻬﺎ ﻟُ ُﻐ ٌ‬ ‫َ‬
‫‪...‬ﻻ َ� َﻤ ُّﺴﻨَﺎ � َ‬
‫ﻴﻬﺎ ﻧَ َﺼ ٌ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫‪Fatigue does not inflict us within it, and nor does weariness inflict us within it.‬‬

‫‪SECTION 4 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION‬‬

‫‪.‬ﺣﺮ�ت ‪Translate from English to Arabic, and then negate the sentence. Place ALL‬‬

‫‪1. The people in that city are rich.‬‬


‫َ‬ ‫َّ ُ ْ ْ َ‬
‫الﻤ ِﺪ ْ�ﻨَ ِﺔ أ ْﻏ ِﻨﻴَ ُ‬
‫ﺎء‬ ‫ﻚ َ‬ ‫اﻨﻟﺎس ِﻲﻓ ﺗِﻠ‬
‫َ‬
‫الﻤ ِﺪ ْ�ﻨَ ِﺔ ﺑﺄ ْﻏ ِﻨﻴَ َ‬
‫ﺎء‬ ‫ﻚ َ‬ ‫َّ ُ ْ ْ َ‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﻨﻟﺎس ِﻲﻓ ﺗِﻠ‬ ‫الﻤ ِﺪ ْ�ﻨَ ِﺔ أَ ْﻏﻨِﻴَ َ‬
‫ﺎء‬ ‫ﻚ َ‬ ‫َّ ُ ْ ْ َ‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﻨﻟﺎس ِﻲﻓ ﺗِﻠ‬
‫ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َّ ُ ْ ْ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫الﻤ ِﺪ ْ�ﻨَ ِﺔ ﻟَي ْ ُﺴ ْﻮا )ﺑـ(ـﺄ ْﻏ ِﻨﻴَ َ‬
‫ﺎء‬ ‫ﻚ َ‬ ‫اﻨﻟﺎس ِﻲﻓ ﺗِﻠ‬ ‫الﻤ ِﺪ ْ�ﻨَ ِﺔ ﺑﺄ ْﻏ ِﻨﻴَ َ‬
‫ﺎء‬ ‫ﻚ َ‬ ‫َّ ُ ْ َ‬
‫ﻟيﺲ اﻨﻟﺎس ِﻲﻓ ﺗِﻠ‬ ‫الﻤ ِﺪ ْ�ﻨَ ِﺔ أ ْﻏ ِﻨﻴَ َ‬
‫ﺎء‬ ‫ﻚ َ‬ ‫َ ْ َ َّ ُ ْ َ‬
‫ﻟيﺲ اﻨﻟﺎس ِﻲﻓ ﺗِﻠ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪2. The leader of that village (lit., big of that village) is a generous man.‬‬

‫ٌ َ‬ ‫َ ُْ ْ َ َ‬
‫� ﺗِﻠﻚ اﻟﻘ ْﺮ َ� ِﺔ َر ُﺟﻞ ﻛ ِﺮ�ْ ٌﻢ‬ ‫ﻛ ِﺒ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ ُْ ْ َ َ‬ ‫ً َ‬ ‫َ ُْ ْ َ َ‬
‫� ﺗِﻠﻚ اﻟﻘ ْﺮ َ� ِﺔ ﺑِ َﺮ ُﺟ ٍﻞ ﻛ ِﺮ�ْ ٍﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻛ ِﺒ‬ ‫� ﺗِﻠﻚ اﻟﻘ ْﺮ َ� ِﺔ َر ُﺟﻼ ﻛ ِﺮ�ْ ًﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻛ ِﺒ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ ُْ ْ َ َ َْ َْ َ َ ً َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫َْ َ َ ُْ َ َ‬ ‫ً َ‬ ‫َْ َ َ ُْ َ َ‬‫ْ‬
‫)ر ُﺟﻼ ﻛ ِﺮ�ْ ًﻤﺎ‪/‬ﺑِ َﺮ ُﺟ ٍﻞ ﻛ ِﺮ�ْ ٍﻢ(‬ ‫ﻛ ِﺒ� ﺗِﻠﻚ اﻟﻘﺮ� ِﺔ ﻟيﺲ‬ ‫� ﺗِﻠﻚ اﻟﻘ ْﺮ َ� ِﺔ ﺑِ َﺮ ُﺟ ٍﻞ ﻛ ِﺮ�ْ ٍﻢ‬ ‫ﻟيﺲ ﻛ ِﺒ‬ ‫� ﺗِﻠﻚ اﻟﻘ ْﺮ َ� ِﺔ َر ُﺟﻼ ﻛ ِﺮ�ْ ًﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻟيﺲ ﻛ ِﺒ‬
‫‪3. Those poor women are strong.‬‬

‫ُ ْ َ ِّ َ ُ َ ْ َ ُ َ ٌ‬
‫�ات ﻗ ِﻮ َّ�ﺎت‬ ‫أوﻻءِك اﻟنﺴﺎء اﻟﻔ ِﻘ‬
‫ُ ْ َ ِّ َ ُ َ ْ َ ُ‬
‫ات ﺑ َﻘﻮ َّ‬ ‫ُ ْ َ ِّ َ ُ َ ْ َ ُ‬
‫ات ﻗَﻮ َّ‬
‫ﺎت‬
‫ﻣﺎ أوﻻءِك اﻟنﺴﺎء اﻟﻔ ِﻘ� ِ ِ ٍ‬
‫�‬ ‫ﺎت‬‫�‬
‫ِ ٍ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ أوﻻءِك اﻟنﺴﺎء اﻟﻔ ِﻘ�‬
‫ﺎت‬ ‫َ َّ‬ ‫أُ ْوﻻء َ‬
‫ِك اﻟنِّ َﺴ ُ َ ْ َ ُ َ ْ َ‬ ‫ﺖ أُ ْوﻻ ِء َك اﻟنِّ َﺴ ُ َ ْ َ ُ َ َّ‬
‫ﻟَيْ َﺴ ْ‬ ‫ِك اﻟنِّ َﺴ ُ َ ْ َ ُ َ َّ‬ ‫ﺖ أُ ْوﻻء َ‬
‫ﻟَيْ َﺴ ْ‬
‫ﺎء اﻟﻔ ِﻘ�ات لﺴﻦ )ﺑـ(ـﻘ ِﻮ� ٍ‬ ‫ﺎت‬
‫ﺎء اﻟﻔ ِﻘ�ات ﺑِﻘ ِﻮ� ٍ‬ ‫ﺎت‬
‫ﺎء اﻟﻔ ِﻘ�ات ﻗ ِﻮ� ٍ‬
‫‪4. Their rich father has many secrets. He is from the progeny of those people.‬‬

‫َ َ‬ ‫ُ ُ‬ ‫َ ْ ُ َ ِّ َ ْ ٌ َ ْ َ ٌ ُ‬
‫�ة‪ .‬ﻫ َﻮ ِﻣ ْﻦ ذ ِّر َ� ِﺔ أ ْوﻻﺋِﻚ اﻟﻘ ْﻮمِ ‪.‬‬ ‫ِﻷ ِ�ﻴ ِﻬﻢ اﻟﻐ ِ� أﺮﺳار ﻛ ِﺜ‬
‫َ َ‬ ‫ُ ُ‬ ‫ُ َْ‬ ‫َ ْ ُ َ ِّ َ ْ ٌ َ ْ َ ٌ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫�ة‪) .‬ﻣﺎ ﻫ َﻮ‪/‬ﻟي َﺲ( ِﻣ ْﻦ ذ ِّر َ� ِﺔ أ ْوﻻﺋِﻚ اﻟﻘ ْﻮمِ ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﻣﺎ‪/‬ﻟي َﺲ( ِﻷ ِ�ﻴ ِﻬﻢ اﻟﻐ ِ� أﺮﺳار ﻛ ِﺜ‬

‫‪126‬‬
‫‪CHAPTER 9 PART 3 HOMEWORK‬‬
‫‪RECOMMENDED VIDEOS‬‬

‫‪1. Negation Used to Affirm‬‬

‫‪2. Min al-Zaida‬‬

‫‪SECTION 1 – MEMORIZATION‬‬

‫‪ from “Chapter 9 Vocabulary” in your textbook.‬أﻓﻌﺎل ‪Memorize the second column of‬‬

‫‪SECTION 2 – RECOGNITION‬‬

‫ﻣﺎض ﻣﻌﻠﻮم ‪A‬‬ ‫مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم ‪B‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎض �ﻬﻮل ‪C‬‬ ‫مﻀﺎرع �ﻬﻮل ‪D‬‬ ‫أمﺮ ‪E‬‬ ‫ﻧ� ‪F‬‬

‫ﻣﺒﺘﺪأ ‪1‬‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺒ ‪2‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺨﻟﺮﺒ ‪3‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ‪4‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺋﺐ اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ‪5‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ‪6‬‬

‫َ‬ ‫ِّ ُ ِّ َ‬ ‫َ ْ ُ َ َ ُ َ ْ َ ُّ ۚ ُ َّ ْ ُ َ َ ْ ُ‬ ‫َو َ� َّﺬ َ‬ ‫ْ َ ِّ َ َ ٰ َّ َ ْ َ َ ُ َ َ ْ َ َ‬ ‫َ َ َ ْ َ ٰ ُ َ ٓ َّ‬


‫ﻴﻞ ‪ ٦٦‬ﻟﻞﻜ �ﺒَ ٍﺈ ُّﻣ ْﺴﺘَﻘ ٌّﺮ ۚ◌ ‪...‬‬‫�‬‫ِ‬
‫ِ ٍ‬
‫�ﻢ ﺑ َ‬
‫ﻮ‬ ‫ب ﺑِ ِﻪۦ ﻗﻮمﻚ وﻫﻮ ٱﺤﻟﻖ◌ ﻗﻞ ﻟﺴﺖ ﻋﻠﻴ‬ ‫ﺮﺜﻫ ْﻢ ﻻ �ﻌﻠ ُﻤﻮن ‪٣‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﻨﻬﻤﺎ ِإﻻ ِبٱﺤﻟﻖ وﻟ ِ‬
‫�ﻦ أ �‬

‫ﻚ أَ َ‬
‫ﻧﺖ ‪...‬‬
‫َ ُ ْ ُ ْ َ ٰ َ َ َ ْ َ َ َ ٓ َّ َ َ َّ ْ َ َ ٓ ۖ َّ َ‬
‫ﻗﺎلﻮا ﺳﺒﺤﻨﻚ ﻻ ِﻋﻠﻢ ﻨﻟﺎ ِإﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺘﻨﺎ◌ ِإﻧ‬ ‫� ‪٢٩‬‬
‫َ َ ُ ٓ ْ ْ َ َّ َ َ ُ‬
‫ﺎ�ﻨَﺎ ٱ ُّﺪﻟ ْ�ﻴَﺎ َو َﻣﺎ َ�ْ ُﻦ ﺑ َﻤﺒْ ُﻌﻮ� َ‬ ‫وﻗﺎلﻮا ِإن ِ� ِإﻻ ﺣﻴ‬
‫َ ََْ َ‬
‫َو َﺳ ْﻮف �ﻌﻠ ُﻤﻮن ‪٦٧‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬

‫ٓ َّ ْ َ ٰ ُ َ‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫َ َ َ ْ َ َ ْ َ ٓ َ ْ َ َ َ ٰ َ ِّ َ ٰ‬ ‫ْ َّ ْ ٓ َ ْ َ ٰ َ ٓ َّ ْ َ ٰ‬ ‫َْ ٰ َ‬ ‫َْ ُ ْ‬


‫ﺖ ۖ◌ َو َﻣﺎ ﻳَ�ﻔ ُﺮ ِﺑ َﻬﺎ ِإﻻ ٱﻟﻔ ِﺴﻘﻮن ‪٩٩‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺑيﻨ ٍ‬ ‫وﻟﻘﺪ أﻧﺰﻨﻟﺎ إِﻴﻟﻚ ءاﻳ ٍ‬ ‫َﻣﺎ َﺳ ِﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﺑِ َﻬﺬا ِﻲﻓ ٱل ِﻤﻠ ِﺔ ٱﻷ ِﺧﺮ ِة إِن ﻫﺬا إِﻻ ٱﺧ ِﺘﻠﻖ ‪٧‬‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ﻜ ُ‬
‫ﻴﻢ ‪٣٢‬‬ ‫ﻴﻢ ٱﺤﻟ َ ِ‬‫‪ ...‬ٱﻟﻌ ِﻠ‬

‫‪SECTION 3 – ARABIC TO ENGLISH TRANSLATION‬‬

‫‪Translate the following ayaat using the word bank provided.‬‬


‫َْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫َو ِ�ﻴْﻞ‬ ‫ُم ْﺴﺘَﻘ ّﺮ‬ ‫َﻣﺒْ ُﻌ ْﻮث‬
‫ََ‬
‫‪in charge‬‬ ‫�ﺒَﺄ ‪ -‬أ�ﺒَﺎء‬ ‫‪message/news‬‬ ‫‪fulfillment/realization‬‬ ‫‪resurrected‬‬ ‫�ﻔﺎد‬ ‫‪end‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫ِمﻠﺔ‬ ‫‪group/people‬‬ ‫اﺧ ِﺘﻼق‬ ‫‪fabrication‬‬ ‫ُﺳﺒْﺤﺎﻧﻚ‬ ‫‪we declare your glory‬‬ ‫َﻋ ِﻠﻴْﻢ‬ ‫‪knowledgeable‬‬

‫ْ َ ِّ َ َ ٰ َّ َ ْ َ َ ُ َ َ ْ َ َ‬ ‫َ َ َ ْ َ ٰ ُ َ ٓ َّ‬
‫ﺮﺜﻫ ْﻢ ﻻ �ﻌﻠ ُﻤﻮن ‪٣٩‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﻨﻬﻤﺎ إِﻻ ِبٱﺤﻟﻖ وﻟ ِ‬
‫�ﻦ أ �‬

‫‪127‬‬
َ ََْ َ َ َ ِّ ُ ِّ ُ ْ َ َ ُ ْ َّ ُ ۚ ُّ َ ْ َ ُ َ َ ُ ْ َ َ ‫ َو َ� َّﺬ‬.2
٦٧ ‫ ﻟﻞﻜ �ﺒَﺈٍ ُّﻣ ْﺴﺘَﻘ ٌّﺮ ۚ◌ َو َﺳ ْﻮف �ﻌﻠ ُﻤﻮن‬٦٦ ‫ﻴﻞ‬�ِ
ٍ ِ
َ ‫�ﻢ ﺑ‬
‫ﻮ‬ ‫ﻴ‬ ‫ﻠ‬‫ﻋ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﺴ‬ ‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﻞ‬‫ﻗ‬ ◌ ‫ﻖ‬ ‫ﺤﻟ‬ ‫ٱ‬ ‫ﻮ‬ ‫ﻫ‬‫و‬ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫م‬‫ﻮ‬ ‫ﻗ‬ ‫ﻪ‬
‫ۦ‬
ِ ِ ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ب‬

ُ َ َ َّ َ ْ ْ ٓ ُ َ َ
َ �‫ﺎ�ﻨَﺎ ٱ ُّﺪﻟ ْ�ﻴَﺎ َو َﻣﺎ َ�ْ ُﻦ ﺑ َﻤﺒْ ُﻌﻮ‬
٢٩ � ِ ِ ‫ وﻗﺎلﻮا ِإن ِ� ِإﻻ ﺣﻴ‬.3

ُ ‫ﻜ‬ ْ ُ َ ْ َ َ َ َّ ٓ َ َ ْ َّ َ َ َّ ٓ َ َ َ ْ َ َ َ ٰ َ ْ ُ ْ ُ َ
َِ ‫ﺤﻟ‬
٣٢ ‫ﻴﻢ‬ ‫ ﻗﺎلﻮا ﺳﺒﺤﻨﻚ ﻻ ِﻋﻠﻢ ﻨﻟﺎ ِإﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺘﻨﺎ ۖ◌ ِإﻧﻚ أﻧﺖ ٱﻟﻌ ِﻠﻴﻢ ٱ‬.4

ٰ َ ْ َّ ٓ َ ٰ َ ْ ٓ ْ َّ ْ َ ٰ َْ
٧ ‫ َﻣﺎ َﺳ ِﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﺑِ َﻬﺬا ِﻲﻓ ٱل ِﻤﻠ ِﺔ ٱﻷ ِﺧ َﺮةِ ِإن ﻫﺬا ِإﻻ ٱﺧ ِﺘﻠ ٌﻖ‬.5

َ ُ ٰ َ ْ َّ ٓ ُْ ٰ َ ِّ َ ٰ َ َ َ ْ َ ٓ َ ْ َ َ ْ َ َ َ
٩٩ ‫ﺖ ۖ◌ َو َﻣﺎ ﻳَ�ﻔ ُﺮ ﺑِ َﻬﺎ ِإﻻ ٱﻟﻔ ِﺴﻘﻮن‬
ٍ ‫ﺖ ﺑيﻨ‬ ٍ ‫ وﻟﻘﺪ أﻧﺰﻨﻟﺎ ِإﻴﻟﻚ ءاﻳ‬.6

SECTION 4 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

Translate from English to Arabic. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

1. The kids only read two books this year. (Lit., The students did not read anything except two books this year.)

2. Only one tree was burned down. We are not oppressors.

3. My advice did not benefit them (f). They said, “You are nothing but a poor man.”

ْ
4. You (f), don’t get angry! I only ate half (‫ )ﻧِﺼﻒ‬of it! (Lit., I ate nothing except half of it!)

128
‫‪CHAPTER 9 PART 3 ANSWER KEY‬‬

‫‪SECTION 2 – RECOGNITION‬‬

‫ﻣﺎض ﻣﻌﻠﻮم ‪A‬‬ ‫مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم ‪B‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎض �ﻬﻮل ‪C‬‬ ‫مﻀﺎرع �ﻬﻮل ‪D‬‬ ‫أمﺮ ‪E‬‬ ‫ﻧ� ‪F‬‬

‫ﻣﺒﺘﺪأ ‪1‬‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺒ ‪2‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺨﻟﺮﺒ ‪3‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ‪4‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺋﺐ اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ‪5‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ‪6‬‬

‫َ‬ ‫ِّ ُ ِّ َ‬ ‫َ ْ ُ َ َ ُ َ ْ َ ُّ ۚ ُ َّ ْ ُ َ َ ْ ُ‬ ‫َو َ� َّﺬ َ‬ ‫ْ َ ِّ َ َ ٰ َّ َ ْ َ َ ُ َ َ ْ َ َ‬ ‫َ َ َ ْ َ ٰ ُ َ ٓ َّ‬


‫ﻴﻞ ‪ ٦٦‬ﻟﻞﻜ �ﺒَ ٍﺈ ُّﻣ ْﺴﺘَﻘ ٌّﺮ ۚ◌ ‪...‬‬‫�‬‫ِ‬
‫ِ ٍ‬
‫�ﻢ ﺑ َ‬
‫ﻮ‬ ‫ﻴ‬ ‫ﻠ‬‫ﻋ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﺴ‬ ‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﻞ‬‫ﻗ‬ ‫◌‬ ‫ﻖ‬ ‫ﺤﻟ‬ ‫ٱ‬ ‫ﻮ‬ ‫ﻫ‬‫و‬ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫م‬‫ﻮ‬ ‫ﻗ‬ ‫ﻪ‬
‫ۦ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ﺮﺜﻫ ْﻢ ﻻ �ﻌﻠ ُﻤﻮن ‪٣‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﻨﻬﻤﺎ إِﻻ ِبٱﺤﻟﻖ وﻟ ِ‬
‫�ﻦ أ �‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪B, 2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫�ﻦ ‪A,6‬‬

‫ﻚ أَ َ‬
‫ﻧﺖ ‪...‬‬
‫َ ُ ْ ُ ْ َ ٰ َ َ َ ْ َ َ َ ٓ َّ َ َ َّ ْ َ َ ٓ ۖ َّ َ‬
‫ﻗﺎلﻮا ﺳﺒﺤﻨﻚ ﻻ ِﻋﻠﻢ ﻨﻟﺎ ِإﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺘﻨﺎ◌ ِإﻧ‬ ‫� ‪٢٩‬‬
‫َ َ ُ ٓ ْ ْ َ َّ َ َ ُ‬
‫ﺎ�ﻨَﺎ ٱ ُّﺪﻟ ْ�ﻴَﺎ َو َﻣﺎ َ�ْ ُﻦ ﺑ َﻤﺒْ ُﻌﻮ� َ‬ ‫وﻗﺎلﻮا ِإن ِ� ِإﻻ ﺣﻴ‬
‫َ ََْ َ‬
‫َو َﺳ ْﻮف �ﻌﻠ ُﻤﻮن ‪٦٧‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َ‬
‫أﻧﺖ ‪A, 6‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ٓ َّ ْ َ ٰ ُ َ‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫َ َ َ ْ َ َ ْ َ ٓ َ ْ َ َ َ ٰ َ ِّ َ ٰ‬ ‫ْ َ ٰ َ ٓ َّ ْ َ ٰ‬ ‫ْ َّ ْ ٓ‬ ‫َْ ٰ َ‬ ‫َْ ُ ْ‬


‫ﺖ ۖ◌ َو َﻣﺎ ﻳَ�ﻔ ُﺮ ِﺑ َﻬﺎ ِإﻻ ٱﻟﻔ ِﺴﻘﻮن ‪٩٩‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺑيﻨ ٍ‬ ‫وﻟﻘﺪ أﻧﺰﻨﻟﺎ ِإﻴﻟﻚ ءاﻳ ٍ‬ ‫َﻣﺎ َﺳ ِﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﺑِ َﻬﺬا ِﻲﻓ ٱل ِﻤﻠ ِﺔ ٱﻷ ِﺧ َﺮ ِة ِإن ﻫﺬا ِإﻻ ٱﺧ ِﺘﻠ ٌﻖ ‪٧‬‬ ‫ﻜ ُ‬
‫ﻴﻢ ‪٣٢‬‬ ‫ﻴﻢ ٱﺤﻟ َ ِ‬‫‪ ...‬ٱﻟﻌ ِﻠ‬

‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫�ﻦ ‪A,‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫�ﻦ ‪A‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪SECTION 3 – ARABIC TO ENGLISH TRANSLATION‬‬

‫‪Translate the following ayaat using the word bank provided.‬‬

‫َْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬


‫َو ِ�ﻴْﻞ‬ ‫ُم ْﺴﺘَﻘ ّﺮ‬ ‫َﻣﺒْ ُﻌ ْﻮث‬
‫َ‬
‫‪in charge‬‬ ‫�ﺒَﺄ ‪ -‬أ�ﺒَﺎء‬ ‫‪message/news‬‬ ‫‪fulfillment/realization‬‬ ‫‪resurrected‬‬ ‫ﺎﺳﻖ‬
‫ﻓ ِ‬ ‫‪corrupt‬‬
‫َّ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫ِمﻠﺔ‬ ‫‪group/people‬‬ ‫اﺧ ِﺘﻼق‬ ‫‪fabrication‬‬ ‫ُﺳﺒْﺤﺎﻧﻚ‬ ‫‪we declare your glory‬‬ ‫َﻋ ِﻠﻴْﻢ‬ ‫‪knowledgeable‬‬

‫ْ َ ِّ َ َ ٰ َّ َ ْ َ َ ُ ْ َ َ ْ َ ُ َ‬ ‫َ َ َ ْ َ ٰ ُ َ ٓ َّ‬
‫�ﻦ أ�ﺮﺜﻫﻢ ﻻ �ﻌﻠﻤﻮن ‪٣٩‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﻨﻬﻤﺎ إِﻻ ِبٱﺤﻟﻖ وﻟ ِ‬
‫‪We did not create them (2) except with purpose/truth, but most of them do not know.‬‬
‫َ ََْ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ِّ ُ ِّ َ‬ ‫َ ْ ُ َ َ ُ َ ْ َ ُّ ۚ ُ َّ ْ ُ َ َ ْ ُ‬ ‫‪َ .2‬و َ� َّﺬ َ‬
‫ﻴﻞ ‪ ٦٦‬ﻟﻞﻜ �ﺒَ ٍﺈ ُّﻣ ْﺴﺘَﻘ ٌّﺮ ۚ◌ َو َﺳ ْﻮف �ﻌﻠ ُﻤﻮن ‪٦٧‬‬‫�‬‫ِ‬
‫ِ ٍ‬
‫�ﻢ ﺑ َ‬
‫ﻮ‬ ‫ب ﺑِ ِۦﻪ ﻗﻮمﻚ وﻫﻮ ٱﺤﻟﻖ◌ ﻗﻞ ﻟﺴﺖ ﻋﻠﻴ‬
‫‪Your people denied it and/while it is the truth. Say, “I am not at all in charge of you all!” Every message has fulfillment. So all you‬‬
‫‪will soon know.‬‬

‫‪129‬‬
ُ َ َ َّ َ ْ ْ ٓ ُ َ َ
َ �‫ﺎ�ﻨَﺎ ٱ ُّﺪﻟ ْ�ﻴَﺎ َو َﻣﺎ َ�ْ ُﻦ ﺑ َﻤﺒْ ُﻌﻮ‬
٢٩ � ِ ِ ‫ وﻗﺎلﻮا إِن ِ� إِﻻ ﺣﻴ‬.3

They said “It is nothing but our lowest/worldly life and are definitely not going to be resurrected.”

ُ ‫ﻜ‬ ْ ُ َ ْ َ َ َ َّ ٓ َ َ ْ َّ َ َ َّ ٓ َ َ َ ْ َ َ َ ٰ َ ْ ُ ْ ُ َ
٣٢ ‫ﻴﻢ‬ ِ َ ‫ﻴﻢ ٱﺤﻟ‬‫ ﻗﺎلﻮا ﺳﺒﺤﻨﻚ ﻻ ِﻋﻠﻢ ﻨﻟﺎ ِإﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺘﻨﺎ ۖ◌ ِإﻧﻚ أﻧﺖ ٱﻟﻌ ِﻠ‬.4
They said “We declare your glory. We have absolutely no knowledge except for whatever You taught us. No doubt YOU are the
knowledgeable, the wise.”
ٰ َ ْ َّ ٓ َ ٰ َ ْ ٓ ْ َّ ْ َ ٰ َْ
٧ ‫ َﻣﺎ َﺳ ِﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﺑِ َﻬﺬا ِﻲﻓ ٱل ِﻤﻠ ِﺔ ٱﻷ ِﺧ َﺮةِ ِإن ﻫﺬا ِإﻻ ٱﺧ ِﺘﻠ ٌﻖ‬.5

No, we did not hear of this among the last/previous people. This is nothing but fabrication.

َ ُ ٰ َ ْ َّ ٓ ُْ ٰ َ ِّ َ ٰ َ َ َ ْ َ ٓ َ ْ َ َ ْ َ َ َ
٩٩ ‫ﺖ ۖ◌ َو َﻣﺎ ﻳَ�ﻔ ُﺮ ﺑِ َﻬﺎ إِﻻ ٱﻟﻔ ِﺴﻘﻮن‬
ٍ ‫ﺖ ﺑيﻨ‬ ٍ ‫ وﻟﻘﺪ أﻧﺰﻨﻟﺎ إِﻴﻟﻚ ءاﻳ‬.6

We have sent down to you clear signs. Nobody disbelieves in it except for the corrupt people.

SECTION 4 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

Translate from English to Arabic. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

1. The kids only read two books this year. (Lit., The students did not read anything except two books this year.)

َ َ َّ َ ْ َ َ َّ ُ ْ َ َ َ َ َ
.‫الﺴﻨﺔ‬ ‫� ﻫ ِﺬ ِه‬
ِ �‫ﻣﺎ ﻗﺮأ اﻷوﻻد ِإﻻ ِﻛﺘﺎ‬
2. Only one tree was burned down. We are not oppressors.

َ ْ ‫)ﺑـ(ﻇﺎلﻤ‬
َ َ َ َْ َ َْ ٌ َ َ ٌ َ َ َ َّ ْ َ ِّ ُ َ
� ِِ ‫ل ْﺴﻨﺎ‬/� ‫اﺣﺪة! َﻣﺎ � ُﻦ )ﺑـ(ﻇﺎل ِ ِﻤ‬
ِ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺣﺮﻗﺖ إِﻻ ﺷﺠﺮة و‬
3. My advice did not benefit them (f). They said, “You are nothing but a poor man.”

".� َ ْ‫ ﻗُﻠْ َﻦ "ﻣﺎ أَﻧ‬.‫ﺤﻲﺘ‬


ٌ ْ ‫ﺖ إ َّﻻ َر ُﺟ ٌﻞ ﻓَﻘ‬ َ ْ َ َّ ُ ْ َ َ َ َ َّ ُ ْ َ ْ َ ْ َ
ِ ِ ِ ‫ﻣﺎ �ﻔﻌﺘﻬﻦ( ﻧ ِﺼﻴ‬/‫)لﻢ �ﻨﻔﻌﻬﻦ‬
ْ
4. You (f), don’t get angry! I only ate half (‫ )ﻧِﺼﻒ‬of it! (Lit., I ate nothing except half of it!)

ُ َ ْ َّ ُ ْ َ َ َ ْ َ ْ َ
!‫ﺖ ِإﻻ ﻧِﺼﻔﻪ‬ ‫ﻻ �ﻐﻀ ِﻲﺒ! ﻣﺎ أ�ﻠ‬

130
‫‪CHAPTER 9 PART 4 HOMEWORK‬‬
‫‪RECOMMENDED VIDEOS‬‬

‫‪1. Min al-Zaida‬‬

‫‪SECTION 1 – MEMORIZATION‬‬

‫‪ on pg 111 of your textbook.‬أﺳﻤﺎء ‪Memorize the‬‬

‫‪SECTION 2 – RECOGNITION‬‬

‫ﻣﺎض ﻣﻌﻠﻮم ‪A‬‬ ‫مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم ‪B‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎض �ﻬﻮل ‪C‬‬ ‫مﻀﺎرع �ﻬﻮل ‪D‬‬ ‫أمﺮ ‪E‬‬ ‫ﻧ� ‪F‬‬

‫ﻣﺒﺘﺪأ ‪1‬‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺒ ‪2‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺨﻟﺮﺒ ‪3‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ‪4‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺋﺐ اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ‪5‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ‪6‬‬

‫َّ َ‬ ‫َّ َ ٰ َ َ ُ َ َ‬ ‫َ َّ َ ْ َ‬ ‫َ ُ‬ ‫ْ َ ِّ ْ ْ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫َ َ ُ َ َ ُ ْ َ ْ َ َ ْ َ ٓ َّ ُ‬


‫ِإن ﻫﺬا ل ِﺮ ْز�ﻨﺎ َﻣﺎ ُﻪﻟ ِﻣﻦ �ﻔﺎ ٍد ‪٥٤‬‬ ‫ﺮﺒ َوٱ َﺒﻟﺤ ِﺮ ۚ◌ َو َﻣﺎ � ْﺴﻘ ُﻂ ِﻣﻦ َو َرﻗ ٍﺔ ِإﻻ �ﻌﻠ ُﻤ َﻬﺎ ‪٥٩...‬‬‫ﺐ ﻻ �ﻌﻠ ُﻤ َﻬﺎ ِإﻻ ﻫ َﻮ ۚ◌ َو َ�ﻌﻠ ُﻢ َﻣﺎ ِﻲﻓ ٱﻟ‬
‫۞و ِﻋﻨﺪه ﻣﻔﺎﺗِﺢ ٱﻟﻐﻴ ِ‬

‫َ‬ ‫َّ َ َ ٰ‬ ‫َ َ َ ْ ُ َّ ْ َ َ ْ َ ٓ َّ ْ ُ ْ َ ٰ ۖ َ ُ ْ‬ ‫َ ْ ۚ ُ َّ َ ٰ َ ِّ ْ ُ ْ َ ُ َ‬ ‫ْ َٰ‬ ‫َّ َ ْ َ‬


‫ﷲ �َﺸ َﻬ ُﺪ إِ� ُﻬ ْﻢ ﻟﻜ ِﺬﺑُﻮن ‪١٠٧‬‬‫… وﻴﻟﺤ ِﻠﻔﻦ إِن أردﻧﺎ إِﻻ ٱﺤﻟﺴ�◌ وٱ‬ ‫ﺮﺸون ‪٣٨‬‬ ‫ﻜﺘ ِ‬
‫ﺐ ِﻣﻦ ﻲﺷ ٍء◌ �ﻢ إِﻰﻟ ر� ِﻬﻢ �‬ ‫‪ ...‬ﻣﺎ ﻓ َّﺮﻃﻨﺎ ِﻲﻓ ٱﻟ ِ‬

‫َ‬ ‫َ ُ ٓ ْ َ َّ ٰ َ َ َّ‬ ‫ْ ُ ْ َّ َ ُ ُّ َ‬ ‫َ َ ُ َٰ َ ْ ْ‬ ‫َ َ ُ ْ َ َ َّ َ َ ُ َ ُّ ْ َ َ ُ ُ َ ْ َ َ ُ ْ ُ َ ٓ َّ َّ ْ‬
‫� إِﻻ ﺣﻴﺎ�ﻨﺎ ٱﺪﻟ�ﻴﺎ �ﻤﻮت َو�ﻴﺎ َوﻣﺎ �ﻬ ِﻠﻜﻨﺎ إِﻻ ٱﺪﻟﻫ ُﺮ ۚ◌ َوﻣﺎ لﻬﻢ ِﺑﺬلِﻚ ِﻣﻦ ِﻋﻠ ٍﻢ ۖ◌إِن ﻫﻢ إِﻻ �ﻈﻨﻮن ‪ … ٢٤‬ﻗﺎلﻮا َءاذﻧﻚ ﻣﺎ ِﻣﻨﺎ ِﻣﻦ ﺷ ِﻬ ٍ‬
‫ﻴﺪ ‪٤٧‬‬ ‫وﻗﺎلﻮا ﻣﺎ ِ‬

‫‪SECTION 3 – ARABIC TO ENGLISH TRANSLATION‬‬

‫‪Translate the following ayaat using the word bank provided.‬‬


‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫اﻟﻐﻴْﺐ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫َﻣﻔﺘَ ٌﺢ – َﻣﻔﺎﺗِ ُﺢ‬ ‫‪key‬‬ ‫‪the unseen‬‬ ‫ﺑَ ٌّﺮ‬ ‫‪land‬‬ ‫ﺎﻛ ِذب‬ ‫‪liar‬‬ ‫‪ to overlook‬ﻓ َّﺮ َط ‪� -‬ﻔ ِّﺮ ُط‬
‫َ َ َْ‬ ‫ُ ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ََ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ ُ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫ي ‪َ � -‬ى‬‫ﺣِ‬ ‫‪to live‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤ ْﻮت‬ ‫َﻣﺎت ‪-‬‬ ‫‪to die‬‬ ‫�ﻔﺎد‬ ‫‪end‬‬ ‫‪ witness‬ﺷ ِﻬﻴْﺪ‬ ‫آذن ‪ -‬ﻳُﺆ ِذن‬ ‫‪to confess‬‬
‫َْ ُ‬ ‫ََ‬ ‫َﺷﻬ َﺪ ‪ْ َ � -‬ﺸ َﻬﺪُ‬ ‫ﺮﺸ ‪ُ ُ ْ�َ -‬‬ ‫َﺣ َ َ‬
‫َﺣﻠﻒ ‪ِ � -‬ﻠﻒ‬ ‫‪to swear‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫‪to witness‬‬ ‫ﺮﺸ‬ ‫‪to gather‬‬

‫َ َّ َ ْ َ‬ ‫َ ُ‬ ‫ْ َ ِّ ْ ْ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫َ َ ُ َ َ ُ ْ َ ْ َ َ ْ َ ٓ َّ ُ‬
‫ﺮﺒ َوٱ َﺒﻟﺤ ِﺮ ۚ◌ َو َﻣﺎ � ْﺴﻘ ُﻂ ِﻣﻦ َو َرﻗ ٍﺔ ِإﻻ �ﻌﻠ ُﻤ َﻬﺎ ‪٥٩...‬‬‫ﺐ ﻻ �ﻌﻠ ُﻤ َﻬﺎ ِإﻻ ﻫ َﻮ ۚ◌ َو َ�ﻌﻠ ُﻢ َﻣﺎ ِﻲﻓ ٱﻟ‬
‫‪ .1‬و ِﻋﻨﺪه ﻣﻔﺎﺗِﺢ ٱﻟﻐﻴ ِ‬

‫‪131‬‬
َ َّ َ َ ُ َ َ ٰ َ َّ
٥٤ ‫ إِن ﻫﺬا ل ِﺮ ْز�ﻨﺎ َﻣﺎ ُﻪﻟ ِﻣﻦ �ﻔﺎ ٍد‬.2

َ ُ َ ْ ُ ْ ِّ َ ٰ َ َّ ُ ۚ ْ َ َٰ ْ َ ْ َ َّ
٣٨ ‫ﺮﺸون‬ � ‫ﺐ ِﻣﻦ ﻲﺷ ٍء◌ �ﻢ ِإﻰﻟ ر� ِﻬﻢ‬
ِ ‫ﻜﺘ‬ِ ‫ ﻣﺎ ﻓ َّﺮﻃﻨﺎ ِﻲﻓ ٱﻟ‬... .3

َ ٰ َ َ َّ ْ ُ َ ۖ ٰ َ ْ ُ ْ َّ ٓ َ ْ َ َ ْ َّ ُ ْ َ َ َ
١٠٧ ‫ﷲ �َﺸ َﻬ ُﺪ ِإ� ُﻬ ْﻢ ﻟﻜ ِﺬﺑُﻮن‬‫ … وﻴﻟﺤ ِﻠﻔﻦ ِإن أردﻧﺎ ِإﻻ ٱﺤﻟﺴ�◌ وٱ‬.4

َ ُّ ُ َ َّ ُ ْ ْ َ َٰ َ ْ َّ ٓ َ ُ ْ ُ َْ ُ َ ْ َُ َّ َ َ ْ ُ َ َ
٢٤ ‫� إِﻻ َﺣﻴَﺎ�ﻨﺎ ٱ ُّﺪﻟ�ﻴَﺎ � ُﻤﻮت َو�ﻴَﺎ َو َﻣﺎ �ﻬ ِﻠﻜﻨﺎ إِﻻ ٱ َّﺪﻟﻫ ُﺮ ۚ◌ َو َﻣﺎ ل ُﻬﻢ ﺑِﺬلِﻚ ِﻣ ْﻦ ِﻋﻠ ٍﻢ ۖ◌ إِن ﻫ ْﻢ إِﻻ �ﻈﻨﻮن‬ِ ‫ وﻗﺎلﻮا ﻣﺎ‬.5

َ َّ َ َ ٰ َّ َ ْ ٓ ُ َ
ٍ ‫ … ﻗﺎلﻮا َءاذﻧﻚ ﻣﺎ ِﻣﻨﺎ ِﻣﻦ ﺷ ِﻬ‬.6
٤٧ ‫ﻴﺪ‬

SECTION 4 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

Translate from English to Arabic. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

1. They did not show mercy to a single person! They are crazy!

2. Those men did not carry a single thing. Request from them to carry something!

3. The money was left in the room. Now there is not a single bill (lit., paper) in the room. Who took it?

4. Not a single leaf fell off that tree! This is strange (‫!)ﻋ ِﺠﻴْﺐ‬
َ

132
‫‪CHAPTER 9 PART 4 ANSWER KEY‬‬

‫‪SECTION 2 – RECOGNITION‬‬

‫ﻣﺎض ﻣﻌﻠﻮم ‪A‬‬ ‫مﻀﺎرع ﻣﻌﻠﻮم ‪B‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎض �ﻬﻮل ‪C‬‬ ‫مﻀﺎرع �ﻬﻮل ‪D‬‬ ‫أمﺮ ‪E‬‬ ‫ﻧ� ‪F‬‬

‫ﻣﺒﺘﺪأ ‪1‬‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺒ ‪2‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺨﻟﺮﺒ ‪3‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ‪4‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺋﺐ اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ‪5‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ‪6‬‬

‫َّ َ‬ ‫َّ َ ٰ َ َ ُ َ َ‬ ‫َ َّ َ ْ َ‬ ‫َ ُ‬ ‫ْ َ ِّ ْ ْ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫َ َ ُ َ َ ُ ْ َ ْ َ َ ْ َ ٓ َّ ُ‬


‫إِن ﻫﺬا ل ِﺮ ْز�ﻨﺎ َﻣﺎ ُﻪﻟ ِﻣﻦ �ﻔﺎ ٍد ‪٥٤‬‬ ‫ﺮﺒ َوٱ َﺒﻟﺤ ِﺮ ۚ◌ َو َﻣﺎ � ْﺴﻘ ُﻂ ِﻣﻦ َو َرﻗ ٍﺔ إِﻻ �ﻌﻠ ُﻤ َﻬﺎ ‪٥٩...‬‬‫ﺐ ﻻ �ﻌﻠ ُﻤ َﻬﺎ إِﻻ ﻫ َﻮ ۚ◌ َو َ�ﻌﻠ ُﻢ َﻣﺎ ِﻲﻓ ٱﻟ‬
‫۞و ِﻋﻨﺪه ﻣﻔﺎﺗِﺢ ٱﻟﻐﻴ ِ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ‪B,‬‬ ‫‪B, 6‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫َ‬ ‫َّ َ َ ٰ‬ ‫َ َ َ ْ ُ َّ ْ َ َ ْ َ ٓ َّ ْ ُ ْ َ ٰ ۖ َ ُ ْ‬ ‫َ ْ ۚ ُ َّ َ ٰ َ ِّ ْ ُ ْ َ ُ َ‬ ‫ْ َٰ‬ ‫َّ َ ْ َ‬


‫ﷲ �َﺸ َﻬ ُﺪ ِإ� ُﻬ ْﻢ ﻟﻜ ِﺬﺑُﻮن ‪١٠٧‬‬‫… وﻴﻟﺤ ِﻠﻔﻦ ِإن أردﻧﺎ ِإﻻ ٱﺤﻟﺴ�◌ وٱ‬ ‫ﺮﺸون ‪٣٨‬‬ ‫ﺐ ِﻣﻦ ﻲﺷ ٍء◌ �ﻢ ِإﻰﻟ ر� ِﻬﻢ �‬
‫ﻜﺘ ِ‬‫‪ ...‬ﻣﺎ ﻓ َّﺮﻃﻨﺎ ِﻲﻓ ٱﻟ ِ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ‪B‬‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ‪D‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫�ﻦ‪A‬‬

‫َ‬ ‫َ ُ ٓ ْ َ َّ ٰ َ َ َّ‬ ‫ْ ُ ْ َّ َ ُ ُّ َ‬ ‫َ َ ُ َٰ َ ْ ْ‬ ‫َ َ ُ ْ َ َ َّ َ َ ُ َ ُّ ْ َ َ ُ ُ َ ْ َ َ ُ ْ ُ َ ٓ َّ َّ ْ‬
‫� ِإﻻ ﺣﻴﺎ�ﻨﺎ ٱﺪﻟ�ﻴﺎ �ﻤﻮت َو�ﻴﺎ َوﻣﺎ �ﻬ ِﻠﻜﻨﺎ ِإﻻ ٱﺪﻟﻫ ُﺮ ۚ◌ َوﻣﺎ لﻬﻢ ﺑِﺬلِﻚ ِﻣﻦ ِﻋﻠ ٍﻢ ۖ◌ إِن ﻫﻢ إِﻻ �ﻈﻨﻮن ‪… ٢٤‬ﻗﺎلﻮا َءاذﻧﻚ ﻣﺎ ِﻣﻨﺎ ِﻣﻦ ﺷ ِﻬ ٍ‬
‫ﻴﺪ ‪٤٧‬‬ ‫وﻗﺎلﻮا ﻣﺎ ِ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫�ﻦ ‪A, 6‬‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ‪B‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪B, 6‬‬ ‫�ﻦ‪B‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪SECTION 3 – ARABIC TO ENGLISH TRANSLATION‬‬

‫‪Translate the following ayaat using the word bank provided.‬‬

‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َُ‬ ‫َ‬


‫اﻟﻐﻴْﺐ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫َﻣﻔﺘَ ٌﺢ – َﻣﻔﺎﺗِ ُﺢ‬ ‫‪key‬‬ ‫‪the unseen‬‬ ‫ﺑَ ٌّﺮ‬ ‫‪land‬‬ ‫ﺎﻛ ِذب‬ ‫‪liar‬‬ ‫‪ to overlook‬ﻓ َّﺮ َط ‪� -‬ﻔ ِّﺮ ُط‬
‫َ َ َْ‬ ‫ُْ ُ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫ََ‬ ‫َﺷﻬﻴﺪْ‬ ‫ْ ُ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫ي ‪َ � -‬ى‬‫ﺣِ‬ ‫‪to live‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎت ‪ -‬ﻳﻤﻮت‬ ‫‪to die‬‬ ‫�ﻔﺎد‬ ‫‪end‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫‪witness‬‬ ‫آذن ‪ -‬ﻳُﺆ ِذن‬ ‫‪to confess‬‬
‫َْ ُ‬ ‫ََ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺮﺸ ‪ُ ُ ْ�َ -‬‬ ‫َﺣ َ َ‬
‫َﺣﻠﻒ ‪ِ � -‬ﻠﻒ‬ ‫‪to swear‬‬ ‫‪ to witness‬ﺷ ِﻬ َﺪ ‪َ� -‬ﺸ َﻬ ُﺪ‬ ‫ﺮﺸ‬ ‫‪to gather‬‬

‫َ َّ َ ْ َ‬ ‫َ ُ‬ ‫ْ َ ِّ ْ ْ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫َ َ ُ َ َ ُ ْ َ ْ َ َ ْ َ ٓ َّ ُ‬
‫ﺮﺒ َوٱ َﺒﻟﺤ ِﺮ ۚ◌ َو َﻣﺎ � ْﺴﻘ ُﻂ ِﻣﻦ َو َرﻗ ٍﺔ إِﻻ �ﻌﻠ ُﻤ َﻬﺎ ‪٥٩...‬‬‫ﺐ ﻻ �ﻌﻠ ُﻤ َﻬﺎ إِﻻ ﻫ َﻮ ۚ◌ َو َ�ﻌﻠ ُﻢ َﻣﺎ ِﻲﻓ ٱﻟ‬
‫‪ .1‬و ِﻋﻨﺪه ﻣﻔﺎﺗِﺢ ٱﻟﻐﻴ ِ‬
‫‪With Him alone are the keys of the unseen, nobody knows them except for Him. He knows whatever is in the land and in‬‬
‫…‪the sea. Not a single leaf falls except that He knows of it‬‬
‫َّ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َّ َ ٰ َ َ ُ َ‬
‫‪ِ .2‬إن ﻫﺬا ل ِﺮ ْز�ﻨﺎ َﻣﺎ ُﻪﻟ ِﻣﻦ �ﻔﺎ ٍد ‪٥٤‬‬

‫‪133‬‬
No doubt this is Our provision, there is not any end to it.

َ ُ َ ْ ُ ْ ِّ َ ٰ َ َّ ُ ۚ ْ َ َٰ ْ َ ْ َ َّ
٣٨ ‫ﺮﺸون‬ � ‫ﺐ ِﻣﻦ ﻲﺷ ٍء◌ �ﻢ ِإﻰﻟ ر� ِﻬﻢ‬
ِ ‫ﻜﺘ‬ِ ‫ ﻣﺎ ﻓ َّﺮﻃﻨﺎ ِﻲﻓ ٱﻟ‬... .3

We did not overlook a single thing in the book. Then to their Master they will be gathered.

َ ٰ َ َ َّ ْ ُ َ ۖ ٰ َ ْ ُ ْ َّ ٓ َ ْ َ َ ْ َّ ُ ْ َ َ َ
١٠٧ ‫ﷲ �َﺸ َﻬ ُﺪ ِإ� ُﻬ ْﻢ ﻟﻜ ِﺬﺑُﻮن‬‫ … وﻴﻟﺤ ِﻠﻔﻦ ِإن أردﻧﺎ ِإﻻ ٱﺤﻟﺴ�◌ وٱ‬.4

They will definitely swear to you, “We only wanted the best!” ALLAH witnesses that they are certainly liars.

َ ُّ ُ َ َّ ُ ْ ْ َ َٰ َ ْ َّ ٓ َ ُ ْ ُ َْ ُ َ ْ َُ َّ َ َ ْ ُ َ َ
٢٤ ‫� ِإﻻ َﺣﻴَﺎ�ﻨﺎ ٱ ُّﺪﻟ�ﻴَﺎ � ُﻤﻮت َو�ﻴَﺎ َو َﻣﺎ �ﻬ ِﻠﻜﻨﺎ ِإﻻ ٱ َّﺪﻟﻫ ُﺮ ۚ◌ َو َﻣﺎ ل ُﻬﻢ ِﺑﺬلِﻚ ِﻣ ْﻦ ِﻋﻠ ٍﻢ ۖ◌ ِإن ﻫ ْﻢ إِﻻ �ﻈﻨﻮن‬ِ ‫ وﻗﺎلﻮا ﻣﺎ‬.5
They said, “It is nothing but our lowest life – we die and we live, and nothing will destroy us except for time!” They have no
knowledge whatsoever regarding that. They do nothing but assume.
َ َّ َ َ ٰ َّ َ ْ ٓ ُ َ
ٍ ‫ … ﻗﺎلﻮا َءاذﻧﻚ ﻣﺎ ِﻣﻨﺎ ِﻣﻦ ﺷ ِﻬ‬.6
٤٧ ‫ﻴﺪ‬
They said, “We confess to You – there is not a single witness among us!”

SECTION 4 – ENGLISH TO ARABIC TRANSLATION

Translate from English to Arabic. Place ALL ‫ﺣﺮ�ت‬.

1. They did not show mercy to a single person! They are crazy!

ُ ْ �‫ﺣﺪ! ُﻫ ْﻢ َ�َﺎ‬
!� َ َ‫ﻤﺣ ْﻮا( ﻣ ْﻦ أ‬
ُ َ ‫ل َ ْﻢ ﻳَ ْﺮ‬/‫ﻤﺣ ْﻮا‬ َ
ُ ِ ‫)ﻣﺎ َر‬
ِ ٍ ِ
2. Those men did not carry a single thing. Request from them to carry something!

ْ َ ُ ْ َ ْ َ ْ ْ ُ ْ ُ ْ َ ْ ُ َ ِّ َ ْ ُ ْ ْ َ ْ َ َ َ َ َ
!‫ﺐ ِﻣﻨ ُﻬ ْﻢ أن � ِﻤﻠ ْﻮا ﺷيﺌًﺎ‬‫لﻢ � ِﻤﻞ( أوﻻءِك الﺮﺟﺎل ِﻣﻦ ﻲﺷءٍ! اﻃﻠ‬/‫)ﻣﺎ ﻤﺣﻞ‬
3. The money was left in the room. Now there is not a single bill (lit., paper) in the room. Who took it?

َ َ َ َ َ َ ُ ْ َ َ َُْ ْ ُ َ َ ُ
‫ﻲﻓ اﻟﻐ ْﺮﻓ ِﺔ ِﻣ ْﻦ َو َرﻗ ٍﺔ! َﻣ ْﻦ أﺧﺬﻫﺎ؟‬
ِ ‫ اﻵن ﻣﺎ‬.‫ﻲﻓ اﻟﻐﺮﻓ ِﺔ‬
ِ ‫ﺗ ِﺮك الﻤﺎل‬
4. Not a single leaf fell off that tree! This is strange (‫!)ﻋ ِﺠﻴْﺐ‬
َ

َ َّ َ ْ ْ َ َ ْ
ٌ ْ‫ﺠ َﺮة! َﻫ َﺬا َﻋﺠﻴ‬ ُْ َْ َْ ْ ََ َ
!‫ﺐ‬ ِ ِ ‫لﻢ �ﺴﻘﻂ( ِﻣﻦ َورﻗ ٍﺔ ِﻣﻦ ﺗِﻠﻚ الﺸ‬/‫)ﻣﺎ ﺳﻘﻄﺖ‬

134

You might also like